ETH Price: $2,426.70 (+0.46%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
20165801 at Jun-25-2024 02:45:47 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.00058482799270863 ETH $1.42
Gas Used:
154,415 Gas / 3.787378122 Gwei

Emitted Events:

124 BeaconProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x00000000000000000000000072cdd6b287b25ce77d23e7cf62a051e1099660e2, 0x0000000000000000000000003ab9a4d7c0ae233139f5167ddd058a65d47f78b4, 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000029a2241af62c0000 )
125 BeaconProxy.0x8c5be1e5ebec7d5bd14f71427d1e84f3dd0314c0f7b2291e5b200ac8c7c3b925( 0x8c5be1e5ebec7d5bd14f71427d1e84f3dd0314c0f7b2291e5b200ac8c7c3b925, 0x00000000000000000000000072cdd6b287b25ce77d23e7cf62a051e1099660e2, 0x000000000000000000000000e43ca1dee3f0fc1e2df73a0745674545f11a59f5, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002255bc06b8fb94311 )
126 WETH9.Transfer( src=UniswapV2Pair, dst=[Receiver] RouteProcessor4, wad=4849148318649470 )
127 UniswapV2Pair.Sync( reserve0=33470805761730026, reserve1=23645105790704360715 )
128 UniswapV2Pair.Swap( sender=[Receiver] RouteProcessor4, amount0In=0, amount1In=3000000000000000000, amount0Out=4849148318649470, amount1Out=0, to=[Receiver] RouteProcessor4 )
129 WETH9.Withdrawal( src=[Receiver] RouteProcessor4, wad=4849148318649470 )
130 RouteProcessor4.Route( from=[Sender] 0x72cdd6b287b25ce77d23e7cf62a051e1099660e2, to=[Sender] 0x72cdd6b287b25ce77d23e7cf62a051e1099660e2, tokenIn=BeaconProxy, tokenOut=0xEeeeeEee...eeeeeEEeE, amountIn=3000000000000000000, amountOutMin=4844299170330820, amountOut=4849148318649470 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x3aB9a4d7...5D47f78b4
0x72Cdd6b2...1099660E2
1.618843099284096348 Eth
Nonce: 1383
1.623107419610037188 Eth
Nonce: 1384
0.00426432032594084
(beaverbuild)
9.38612178634281207 Eth9.386178937160578275 Eth0.000057150817766205
0xC02aaA39...83C756Cc2 2,858,582.178511901130648769 Eth2,858,582.173662752811999299 Eth0.00484914831864947
0xdA6E1225...56BC8aC72

Execution Trace

RouteProcessor4.processRoute( tokenIn=0xdA6E1225a0241C0fDc2E912bD76d70056BC8aC72, amountIn=3000000000000000000, tokenOut=0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE, amountOutMin=4844299170330820, to=0x72Cdd6b287b25ce77d23E7cf62A051e1099660E2, route=0x02DA6E1225A0241C0FDC2E912BD76D70056BC8AC7201FFFF003AB9A4D7C0AE233139F5167DDD058A65D47F78B400E43CA1DEE3F0FC1E2DF73A0745674545F11A59F5000BB801C02AAA39B223FE8D0A0E5C4F27EAD9083C756CC201FFFF020072CDD6B287B25CE77D23E7CF62A051E1099660E2 ) => ( amountOut=4849148318649470 )
  • BeaconProxy.70a08231( )
    • AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.STATICCALL( )
      • NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable.DELEGATECALL( )
      • NFTXVaultUpgradeable.balanceOf( account=0x72Cdd6b287b25ce77d23E7cf62A051e1099660E2 ) => ( 7000000000000000000 )
      • BeaconProxy.23b872dd( )
        • AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.STATICCALL( )
          • NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable.DELEGATECALL( )
          • NFTXVaultUpgradeable.transferFrom( sender=0x72Cdd6b287b25ce77d23E7cf62A051e1099660E2, recipient=0x3aB9a4d7c0Ae233139f5167dDd058A65D47f78b4, amount=3000000000000000000 ) => ( True )
          • UniswapV2Pair.STATICCALL( )
          • BeaconProxy.70a08231( )
            • AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.STATICCALL( )
              • NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable.DELEGATECALL( )
              • NFTXVaultUpgradeable.balanceOf( account=0x3aB9a4d7c0Ae233139f5167dDd058A65D47f78b4 ) => ( 23645105790704360715 )
              • UniswapV2Pair.swap( amount0Out=4849148318649470, amount1Out=0, to=0xe43ca1Dee3F0fc1e2df73A0745674545F11A59F5, data=0x )
                • WETH9.transfer( dst=0xe43ca1Dee3F0fc1e2df73A0745674545F11A59F5, wad=4849148318649470 ) => ( True )
                • WETH9.balanceOf( 0x3aB9a4d7c0Ae233139f5167dDd058A65D47f78b4 ) => ( 33470805761730026 )
                • BeaconProxy.70a08231( )
                  • AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.STATICCALL( )
                    • NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable.DELEGATECALL( )
                    • NFTXVaultUpgradeable.balanceOf( account=0x3aB9a4d7c0Ae233139f5167dDd058A65D47f78b4 ) => ( 23645105790704360715 )
                    • WETH9.balanceOf( 0xe43ca1Dee3F0fc1e2df73A0745674545F11A59F5 ) => ( 4849148318649471 )
                    • WETH9.withdraw( wad=4849148318649470 )
                      • ETH 0.00484914831864947 RouteProcessor4.CALL( )
                      • ETH 0.00484914831864947 0x72cdd6b287b25ce77d23e7cf62a051e1099660e2.CALL( )
                      • BeaconProxy.70a08231( )
                        • AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.STATICCALL( )
                          • NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable.DELEGATECALL( )
                          • NFTXVaultUpgradeable.balanceOf( account=0x72Cdd6b287b25ce77d23E7cf62A051e1099660E2 ) => ( 4000000000000000000 )
                            processRoute[RouteProcessor4 (ln:783)]
                            File 1 of 7: RouteProcessor4
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../utils/Context.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                                address private _owner;
                                event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                 */
                                constructor() {
                                    _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    _checkOwner();
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                 */
                                function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
                                 */
                                function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
                                    require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                 * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                 * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                 */
                                function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    _transferOwnership(address(0));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                    _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Internal function without access restriction.
                                 */
                                function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                                    address oldOwner = _owner;
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
                             *
                             * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
                             * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
                             * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
                             */
                            interface IERC20Permit {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
                                 * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
                                 * ordering also apply here.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
                                 * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
                                 * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
                                 * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
                                 *
                                 * For more information on the signature format, see the
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
                                 * section].
                                 */
                                function permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
                                 * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
                                 *
                                 * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
                                 * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
                                 */
                                function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
                                 */
                                // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
                                function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                             */
                            interface IERC20 {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                                 * another (`to`).
                                 *
                                 * Note that `value` may be zero.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                                 * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                                 */
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                                 * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                                 * zero by default.
                                 *
                                 * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                                 * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                                 * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                                 * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                                 * desired value afterwards:
                                 * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
                                 * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                                 * allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../IERC20.sol";
                            import "../extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol";
                            import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title SafeERC20
                             * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
                             * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
                             * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
                             * successful.
                             * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
                             * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
                             */
                            library SafeERC20 {
                                using Address for address;
                                function safeTransfer(
                                    IERC20 token,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
                                }
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    IERC20 token,
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
                                 * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
                                 *
                                 * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
                                 * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
                                 */
                                function safeApprove(
                                    IERC20 token,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
                                    // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
                                    // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
                                    require(
                                        (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                                        "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
                                    );
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
                                }
                                function safeIncreaseAllowance(
                                    IERC20 token,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                }
                                function safeDecreaseAllowance(
                                    IERC20 token,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    unchecked {
                                        uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
                                        require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                                        uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
                                        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                    }
                                }
                                function safePermit(
                                    IERC20Permit token,
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal {
                                    uint256 nonceBefore = token.nonces(owner);
                                    token.permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                                    uint256 nonceAfter = token.nonces(owner);
                                    require(nonceAfter == nonceBefore + 1, "SafeERC20: permit did not succeed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                                 * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                                 * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                                 * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                                 */
                                function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
                                    // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                                    // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
                                    // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
                                    bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
                                    if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                        // Return data is optional
                                        require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
                                 *
                                 * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
                                 * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
                                 * constructor.
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
                                    // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
                                    // of the constructor execution.
                                    return account.code.length > 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                                    return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                    return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
                                 * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v4.8._
                                 */
                                function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
                                    address target,
                                    bool success,
                                    bytes memory returndata,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        if (returndata.length == 0) {
                                            // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                                            // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                                            require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                        }
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                                 * revert reason or using the provided one.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v4.3._
                                 */
                                function verifyCallResult(
                                    bool success,
                                    bytes memory returndata,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                                    }
                                }
                                function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
                                    // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                    if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                        // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                        assembly {
                                            let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                            revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        revert(errorMessage);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract Context {
                                function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return msg.sender;
                                }
                                function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                    return msg.data;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
                            library Approve {
                              /**
                               * @dev ERC20 approve that correct works with token.approve which returns bool or nothing (USDT for example)
                               * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                               * @param spender token spender
                               * @param amount token amount
                               */
                              function approveStable(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 amount) internal returns (bool) {
                                (bool success, bytes memory data) = address(token).call(
                                  abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, amount)
                                );
                                return success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool)));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev ERC20 approve that correct works with token.approve which reverts if amount and 
                               *      current allowance are not zero simultaniously (USDT for example). 
                               *      In second case it tries to set allowance to 0, and then back to amount.
                               * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                               * @param spender token spender
                               * @param amount token amount
                               */
                              function approveSafe(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 amount) internal returns (bool) {
                                return approveStable(token, spender, amount) 
                                  || (approveStable(token, spender, 0) && approveStable(token, spender, amount));
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            /** @notice Simple read stream */
                            library InputStream {
                              /** @notice Creates stream from data
                               * @param data data
                               */
                              function createStream(bytes memory data) internal pure returns (uint256 stream) {
                                assembly {
                                  stream := mload(0x40)
                                  mstore(0x40, add(stream, 64))
                                  mstore(stream, data)
                                  let length := mload(data)
                                  mstore(add(stream, 32), add(data, length))
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Checks if stream is not empty
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function isNotEmpty(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (bool) {
                                uint256 pos;
                                uint256 finish;
                                assembly {
                                  pos := mload(stream)
                                  finish := mload(add(stream, 32))
                                }
                                return pos < finish;
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads uint8 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readUint8(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (uint8 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 1)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads uint16 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readUint16(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (uint16 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 2)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads uint24 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readUint24(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (uint24 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 3)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads uint32 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readUint32(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (uint32 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 4)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads uint256 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readUint(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (uint256 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 32)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads bytes32 from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readBytes32(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (bytes32 res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 32)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads address from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readAddress(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (address res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  pos := add(pos, 20)
                                  res := mload(pos)
                                  mstore(stream, pos)
                                }
                              }
                              /** @notice Reads bytes from the stream
                               * @param stream stream
                               */
                              function readBytes(uint256 stream) internal pure returns (bytes memory res) {
                                assembly {
                                  let pos := mload(stream)
                                  res := add(pos, 32)
                                  let length := mload(res)
                                  mstore(stream, add(res, length))
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            import '../interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/ITridentCLPool.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/IBentoBoxMinimal.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/IPool.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/IWETH.sol';
                            import '../interfaces/ICurve.sol';
                            import './InputStream.sol';
                            import './Approve.sol';
                            import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol';
                            import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
                            address constant NATIVE_ADDRESS = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
                            address constant IMPOSSIBLE_POOL_ADDRESS = 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000001;
                            address constant INTERNAL_INPUT_SOURCE = 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
                            uint8 constant LOCKED = 2;
                            uint8 constant NOT_LOCKED = 1;
                            uint8 constant PAUSED = 2;
                            uint8 constant NOT_PAUSED = 1;
                            /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
                            uint160 constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
                            /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
                            uint160 constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
                            /// @title A route processor for the Sushi Aggregator
                            /// @author Ilya Lyalin
                            contract RouteProcessor4 is Ownable {
                              using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                              using Approve for IERC20;
                              using SafeERC20 for IERC20Permit;
                              using InputStream for uint256;
                              event Route(
                                address indexed from, 
                                address to, 
                                address indexed tokenIn, 
                                address indexed tokenOut, 
                                uint256 amountIn, 
                                uint256 amountOutMin,
                                uint256 amountOut
                              );
                              error MinimalOutputBalanceViolation(uint256 amountOut);
                              IBentoBoxMinimal public immutable bentoBox;
                              mapping (address => bool) public priviledgedUsers;
                              address private lastCalledPool;
                              uint8 private unlocked = NOT_LOCKED;
                              uint8 private paused = NOT_PAUSED;
                              modifier lock() {
                                  require(unlocked == NOT_LOCKED, 'RouteProcessor is locked');
                                  require(paused == NOT_PAUSED, 'RouteProcessor is paused');
                                  unlocked = LOCKED;
                                  _;
                                  unlocked = NOT_LOCKED;
                              }
                              modifier onlyOwnerOrPriviledgedUser() {
                                require(msg.sender == owner() || priviledgedUsers[msg.sender], "RP: caller is not the owner or a privileged user");
                                _;
                              }
                              constructor(address _bentoBox, address[] memory priviledgedUserList) {
                                bentoBox = IBentoBoxMinimal(_bentoBox);
                                lastCalledPool = IMPOSSIBLE_POOL_ADDRESS;
                                for (uint256 i = 0; i < priviledgedUserList.length; i++) {
                                  priviledgedUsers[priviledgedUserList[i]] = true;
                                }
                              }
                              function setPriviledge(address user, bool priviledge) external onlyOwner {
                                priviledgedUsers[user] = priviledge;
                              }
                              function pause() external onlyOwnerOrPriviledgedUser {
                                paused = PAUSED;
                              }
                              function resume() external onlyOwnerOrPriviledgedUser {
                                paused = NOT_PAUSED;
                              }
                              /// @notice For native unwrapping
                              receive() external payable {}
                              /// @notice Processes the route generated off-chain. Has a lock
                              /// @param tokenIn Address of the input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of the input token
                              /// @param tokenOut Address of the output token
                              /// @param amountOutMin Minimum amount of the output token
                              /// @return amountOut Actual amount of the output token
                              function processRoute(
                                address tokenIn,
                                uint256 amountIn,
                                address tokenOut,
                                uint256 amountOutMin,
                                address to,
                                bytes memory route
                              ) external payable lock returns (uint256 amountOut) {
                                return processRouteInternal(tokenIn, amountIn, tokenOut, amountOutMin, to, route);
                              }
                              /// @notice Transfers some value to <transferValueTo> and then processes the route
                              /// @param transferValueTo Address where the value should be transferred
                              /// @param amountValueTransfer How much value to transfer
                              /// @param tokenIn Address of the input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of the input token
                              /// @param tokenOut Address of the output token
                              /// @param amountOutMin Minimum amount of the output token
                              /// @return amountOut Actual amount of the output token
                              function transferValueAndprocessRoute(
                                address payable transferValueTo,
                                uint256 amountValueTransfer,
                                address tokenIn,
                                uint256 amountIn,
                                address tokenOut,
                                uint256 amountOutMin,
                                address to,
                                bytes memory route
                              ) external payable lock returns (uint256 amountOut) {
                                (bool success, bytes memory returnBytes) = transferValueTo.call{value: amountValueTransfer}('');
                                if (!success) {
                                  assembly {
                                    revert(add(32, returnBytes), mload(returnBytes))
                                  }
                                }
                                return processRouteInternal(tokenIn, amountIn, tokenOut, amountOutMin, to, route);
                              }
                              /// @notice Processes the route generated off-chain
                              /// @param tokenIn Address of the input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of the input token
                              /// @param tokenOut Address of the output token
                              /// @param amountOutMin Minimum amount of the output token
                              /// @return amountOut Actual amount of the output token
                              function processRouteInternal(
                                address tokenIn,
                                uint256 amountIn,
                                address tokenOut,
                                uint256 amountOutMin,
                                address to,
                                bytes memory route
                              ) private returns (uint256 amountOut) {
                                uint256 balanceInInitial = tokenIn == NATIVE_ADDRESS ? 0 : IERC20(tokenIn).balanceOf(msg.sender);
                                uint256 balanceOutInitial = tokenOut == NATIVE_ADDRESS ? address(to).balance : IERC20(tokenOut).balanceOf(to);
                                uint256 realAmountIn = amountIn;
                                {
                                  uint256 step = 0;
                                  uint256 stream = InputStream.createStream(route);
                                  while (stream.isNotEmpty()) {
                                    uint8 commandCode = stream.readUint8();
                                    if (commandCode == 1) {
                                      uint256 usedAmount = processMyERC20(stream); 
                                      if (step == 0) realAmountIn = usedAmount;
                                    } 
                                    else if (commandCode == 2) processUserERC20(stream, amountIn);
                                    else if (commandCode == 3) {
                                      uint256 usedAmount = processNative(stream); 
                                      if (step == 0) realAmountIn = usedAmount;
                                    } 
                                    else if (commandCode == 4) processOnePool(stream);
                                    else if (commandCode == 5) processInsideBento(stream);
                                    else if (commandCode == 6) applyPermit(tokenIn, stream);
                                    else revert('RouteProcessor: Unknown command code');
                                    ++step;
                                  }
                                }
                                uint256 balanceInFinal = tokenIn == NATIVE_ADDRESS ? 0 : IERC20(tokenIn).balanceOf(msg.sender);
                                require(balanceInFinal + amountIn >= balanceInInitial, 'RouteProcessor: Minimal input balance violation');
                                
                                uint256 balanceOutFinal = tokenOut == NATIVE_ADDRESS ? address(to).balance : IERC20(tokenOut).balanceOf(to);
                                if (balanceOutFinal < balanceOutInitial + amountOutMin)
                                  revert MinimalOutputBalanceViolation(balanceOutFinal - balanceOutInitial);
                                amountOut = balanceOutFinal - balanceOutInitial;
                                emit Route(msg.sender, to, tokenIn, tokenOut, realAmountIn, amountOutMin, amountOut);
                              }
                              /// @notice Applies ERC-2612 permit
                              /// @param tokenIn permitted token
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              function applyPermit(address tokenIn, uint256 stream) private {
                                uint256 value = stream.readUint();
                                uint256 deadline = stream.readUint();
                                uint8 v = stream.readUint8();
                                bytes32 r = stream.readBytes32();
                                bytes32 s = stream.readBytes32();
                                IERC20Permit(tokenIn).safePermit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s);
                              }
                              /// @notice Processes native coin: call swap for all pools that swap from native coin
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              function processNative(uint256 stream) private returns (uint256 amountTotal) {
                                amountTotal = address(this).balance;
                                distributeAndSwap(stream, address(this), NATIVE_ADDRESS, amountTotal);
                              }
                              /// @notice Processes ERC20 token from this contract balance:
                              /// @notice Call swap for all pools that swap from this token
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              function processMyERC20(uint256 stream) private returns (uint256 amountTotal) {
                                address token = stream.readAddress();
                                amountTotal = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
                                unchecked {
                                  if (amountTotal > 0) amountTotal -= 1;     // slot undrain protection
                                }
                                distributeAndSwap(stream, address(this), token, amountTotal);
                              }
                              
                              /// @notice Processes ERC20 token from msg.sender balance:
                              /// @notice Call swap for all pools that swap from this token
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              /// @param amountTotal Amount of tokens to take from msg.sender
                              function processUserERC20(uint256 stream, uint256 amountTotal) private {
                                address token = stream.readAddress();
                                distributeAndSwap(stream, msg.sender, token, amountTotal);
                              }
                              /// @notice Processes ERC20 token for cases when the token has only one output pool
                              /// @notice In this case liquidity is already at pool balance. This is an optimization
                              /// @notice Call swap for all pools that swap from this token
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              function processOnePool(uint256 stream) private {
                                address token = stream.readAddress();
                                swap(stream, INTERNAL_INPUT_SOURCE, token, 0);
                              }
                              /// @notice Processes Bento tokens 
                              /// @notice Call swap for all pools that swap from this token
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              function processInsideBento(uint256 stream) private {
                                address token = stream.readAddress();
                                uint256 amountTotal = bentoBox.balanceOf(token, address(this));
                                unchecked {
                                  if (amountTotal > 0) amountTotal -= 1;     // slot undrain protection
                                }
                                distributeAndSwap(stream, address(this), token, amountTotal);
                              }
                              /// @notice Distributes amountTotal to several pools according to their shares and calls swap for each pool
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountTotal Total amount of tokenIn for swaps 
                              function distributeAndSwap(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountTotal) private {
                                uint8 num = stream.readUint8();
                                unchecked {
                                  for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
                                    uint16 share = stream.readUint16();
                                    uint256 amount = (amountTotal * share) / type(uint16).max /*65535*/;
                                    amountTotal -= amount;
                                    swap(stream, from, tokenIn, amount);
                                  }
                                }
                              }
                              /// @notice Makes swap
                              /// @param stream Streamed program
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function swap(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                uint8 poolType = stream.readUint8();
                                if (poolType == 0) swapUniV2(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else if (poolType == 1) swapUniV3(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else if (poolType == 2) wrapNative(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else if (poolType == 3) bentoBridge(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else if (poolType == 4) swapTrident(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else if (poolType == 5) swapCurve(stream, from, tokenIn, amountIn);
                                else revert('RouteProcessor: Unknown pool type');
                              }
                              /// @notice Wraps/unwraps native token
                              /// @param stream [direction & fake, recipient, wrapToken?]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function wrapNative(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                uint8 directionAndFake = stream.readUint8();
                                address to = stream.readAddress();
                                if (directionAndFake & 1 == 1) {  // wrap native
                                  address wrapToken = stream.readAddress();
                                  if (directionAndFake & 2 == 0) IWETH(wrapToken).deposit{value: amountIn}();
                                  if (to != address(this)) IERC20(wrapToken).safeTransfer(to, amountIn);
                                } else { // unwrap native
                                  if (directionAndFake & 2 == 0) {
                                    if (from == msg.sender) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amountIn);
                                    IWETH(tokenIn).withdraw(amountIn);
                                  }
                                  (bool success,)= payable(to).call{value: amountIn}("");
                                  require(success, "RouteProcessor.wrapNative: Native token transfer failed");
                                }
                              }
                              /// @notice Bridge/unbridge tokens to/from Bento
                              /// @param stream [direction, recipient]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function bentoBridge(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                uint8 direction = stream.readUint8();
                                address to = stream.readAddress();
                                if (direction > 0) {  // outside to Bento
                                  // deposit to arbitrary recipient is possible only from address(bentoBox)
                                  if (from == address(this)) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransfer(address(bentoBox), amountIn);
                                  else if (from == msg.sender) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(bentoBox), amountIn);
                                  else {
                                    // tokens already are at address(bentoBox)
                                    amountIn = IERC20(tokenIn).balanceOf(address(bentoBox)) +
                                    bentoBox.strategyData(tokenIn).balance -
                                    bentoBox.totals(tokenIn).elastic;
                                  }
                                  bentoBox.deposit(tokenIn, address(bentoBox), to, amountIn, 0);
                                } else { // Bento to outside
                                  if (from != INTERNAL_INPUT_SOURCE) {
                                    bentoBox.transfer(tokenIn, from, address(this), amountIn);
                                  } else amountIn = bentoBox.balanceOf(tokenIn, address(this));
                                  bentoBox.withdraw(tokenIn, address(this), to, 0, amountIn);
                                }
                              }
                              /// @notice UniswapV2 pool swap
                              /// @param stream [pool, direction, recipient, fee]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function swapUniV2(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                address pool = stream.readAddress();
                                uint8 direction = stream.readUint8();
                                address to = stream.readAddress();
                                uint24 fee = stream.readUint24();   // pool fee in 1/1_000_000
                                if (from == address(this)) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransfer(pool, amountIn);
                                else if (from == msg.sender) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, pool, amountIn);
                                (uint256 r0, uint256 r1, ) = IUniswapV2Pair(pool).getReserves();
                                require(r0 > 0 && r1 > 0, 'Wrong pool reserves');
                                (uint256 reserveIn, uint256 reserveOut) = direction == 1 ? (r0, r1) : (r1, r0);
                                amountIn = IERC20(tokenIn).balanceOf(pool) - reserveIn;  // tokens already were transferred
                                uint256 amountInWithFee = amountIn * (1_000_000 - fee);
                                uint256 amountOut = (amountInWithFee * reserveOut) / (reserveIn * 1_000_000 + amountInWithFee);
                                (uint256 amount0Out, uint256 amount1Out) = direction == 1 ? (uint256(0), amountOut) : (amountOut, uint256(0));
                                IUniswapV2Pair(pool).swap(amount0Out, amount1Out, to, new bytes(0));
                              }
                              /// @notice Trident pool swap
                              /// @param stream [pool, swapData]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function swapTrident(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                address pool = stream.readAddress();
                                bytes memory swapData = stream.readBytes();
                                if (from != INTERNAL_INPUT_SOURCE) {
                                  bentoBox.transfer(tokenIn, from, pool, amountIn);
                                }
                                
                                IPool(pool).swap(swapData);
                              }
                              /// @notice UniswapV3 pool swap
                              /// @param stream [pool, direction, recipient]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function swapUniV3(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                address pool = stream.readAddress();
                                bool zeroForOne = stream.readUint8() > 0;
                                address recipient = stream.readAddress();
                                if (from == msg.sender) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), uint256(amountIn));
                                lastCalledPool = pool;
                                IUniswapV3Pool(pool).swap(
                                  recipient,
                                  zeroForOne,
                                  int256(amountIn),
                                  zeroForOne ? MIN_SQRT_RATIO + 1 : MAX_SQRT_RATIO - 1,
                                  abi.encode(tokenIn)
                                );
                                require(lastCalledPool == IMPOSSIBLE_POOL_ADDRESS, 'RouteProcessor.swapUniV3: unexpected'); // Just to be sure
                              }
                              /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via IUniswapV3Pool#swap.
                              /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
                              /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                              /// amount0Delta and amount1Delta can both be 0 if no tokens were swapped.
                              /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
                              /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
                              /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap call
                              function uniswapV3SwapCallback(
                                int256 amount0Delta,
                                int256 amount1Delta,
                                bytes calldata data
                              ) public {
                                require(msg.sender == lastCalledPool, 'RouteProcessor.uniswapV3SwapCallback: call from unknown source');
                                int256 amount = amount0Delta > 0 ? amount0Delta : amount1Delta;
                                require(amount > 0, 'RouteProcessor.uniswapV3SwapCallback: not positive amount');
                                
                                lastCalledPool = IMPOSSIBLE_POOL_ADDRESS;
                                (address tokenIn) = abi.decode(data, (address));
                                IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransfer(msg.sender, uint256(amount));
                              }
                              /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via IAlgebraPool#swap.
                              /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
                              /// The caller of this method _must_ be checked to be a AlgebraPool deployed by the canonical AlgebraFactory.
                              /// amount0Delta and amount1Delta can both be 0 if no tokens were swapped.
                              /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
                              /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
                              /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IAlgebraPoolActions#swap call
                              function algebraSwapCallback(
                                int256 amount0Delta,
                                int256 amount1Delta,
                                bytes calldata data
                              ) external {
                                uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0Delta, amount1Delta, data);
                              }
                              /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via PancakeV3Pool#swap.
                              /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
                              /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
                              /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                              /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
                              /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the PancakeV3Pool#swap call
                              function pancakeV3SwapCallback(
                                int256 amount0Delta,
                                int256 amount1Delta,
                                bytes calldata data
                              ) external {
                                uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0Delta, amount1Delta, data);
                              }
                              /// @notice Curve pool swap. Legacy pools that don't return amountOut and have native coins are not supported
                              /// @param stream [pool, poolType, fromIndex, toIndex, recipient, output token]
                              /// @param from Where to take liquidity for swap
                              /// @param tokenIn Input token
                              /// @param amountIn Amount of tokenIn to take for swap
                              function swapCurve(uint256 stream, address from, address tokenIn, uint256 amountIn) private {
                                address pool = stream.readAddress();
                                uint8 poolType = stream.readUint8();
                                int128 fromIndex = int8(stream.readUint8());
                                int128 toIndex = int8(stream.readUint8());
                                address to = stream.readAddress();
                                address tokenOut = stream.readAddress();
                                uint256 amountOut;
                                if (tokenIn == NATIVE_ADDRESS) {
                                  amountOut = ICurve(pool).exchange{value: amountIn}(fromIndex, toIndex, amountIn, 0);
                                } else {
                                  if (from == msg.sender) IERC20(tokenIn).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amountIn);
                                  IERC20(tokenIn).approveSafe(pool, amountIn);
                                  if (poolType == 0) amountOut = ICurve(pool).exchange(fromIndex, toIndex, amountIn, 0);
                                  else {
                                    uint256 balanceBefore = IERC20(tokenOut).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    ICurveLegacy(pool).exchange(fromIndex, toIndex, amountIn, 0);
                                    uint256 balanceAfter = IERC20(tokenOut).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    amountOut = balanceAfter - balanceBefore;
                                  }
                                }
                                if (to != address(this)) {      
                                  if(tokenOut == NATIVE_ADDRESS) {
                                    (bool success,)= payable(to).call{value: amountOut}("");
                                    require(success, "RouteProcessor.swapCurve: Native token transfer failed");
                                  } else {
                                    IERC20(tokenOut).safeTransfer(to, amountOut);
                                  }
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
                            pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
                            struct Rebase {
                                uint128 elastic;
                                uint128 base;
                            }
                            struct StrategyData {
                                uint64 strategyStartDate;
                                uint64 targetPercentage;
                                uint128 balance; // the balance of the strategy that BentoBox thinks is in there
                            }
                            /// @notice A rebasing library
                            library RebaseLibrary {
                                /// @notice Calculates the base value in relationship to `elastic` and `total`.
                                function toBase(Rebase memory total, uint256 elastic) internal pure returns (uint256 base) {
                                    if (total.elastic == 0) {
                                        base = elastic;
                                    } else {
                                        base = (elastic * total.base) / total.elastic;
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @notice Calculates the elastic value in relationship to `base` and `total`.
                                function toElastic(Rebase memory total, uint256 base) internal pure returns (uint256 elastic) {
                                    if (total.base == 0) {
                                        elastic = base;
                                    } else {
                                        elastic = (base * total.elastic) / total.base;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            /// @notice Minimal BentoBox vault interface.
                            /// @dev `token` is aliased as `address` from `IERC20` for simplicity.
                            interface IBentoBoxMinimal {
                                /// @notice Balance per ERC-20 token per account in shares.
                                function balanceOf(address, address) external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @dev Helper function to represent an `amount` of `token` in shares.
                                /// @param token The ERC-20 token.
                                /// @param amount The `token` amount.
                                /// @param roundUp If the result `share` should be rounded up.
                                /// @return share The token amount represented in shares.
                                function toShare(
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bool roundUp
                                ) external view returns (uint256 share);
                                /// @dev Helper function to represent shares back into the `token` amount.
                                /// @param token The ERC-20 token.
                                /// @param share The amount of shares.
                                /// @param roundUp If the result should be rounded up.
                                /// @return amount The share amount back into native representation.
                                function toAmount(
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 share,
                                    bool roundUp
                                ) external view returns (uint256 amount);
                                /// @notice Registers this contract so that users can approve it for BentoBox.
                                function registerProtocol() external;
                                /// @notice Deposit an amount of `token` represented in either `amount` or `share`.
                                /// @param token The ERC-20 token to deposit.
                                /// @param from which account to pull the tokens.
                                /// @param to which account to push the tokens.
                                /// @param amount Token amount in native representation to deposit.
                                /// @param share Token amount represented in shares to deposit. Takes precedence over `amount`.
                                /// @return amountOut The amount deposited.
                                /// @return shareOut The deposited amount represented in shares.
                                function deposit(
                                    address token,
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256 share
                                ) external payable returns (uint256 amountOut, uint256 shareOut);
                                /// @notice Withdraws an amount of `token` from a user account.
                                /// @param token_ The ERC-20 token to withdraw.
                                /// @param from which user to pull the tokens.
                                /// @param to which user to push the tokens.
                                /// @param amount of tokens. Either one of `amount` or `share` needs to be supplied.
                                /// @param share Like above, but `share` takes precedence over `amount`.
                                function withdraw(
                                    address token_,
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256 share
                                ) external returns (uint256 amountOut, uint256 shareOut);
                                /// @notice Transfer shares from a user account to another one.
                                /// @param token The ERC-20 token to transfer.
                                /// @param from which user to pull the tokens.
                                /// @param to which user to push the tokens.
                                /// @param share The amount of `token` in shares.
                                function transfer(
                                    address token,
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 share
                                ) external;
                                /// @dev Reads the Rebase `totals`from storage for a given token
                                function totals(address token) external view returns (Rebase memory total);
                                function strategyData(address token) external view returns (StrategyData memory total);
                                /// @dev Approves users' BentoBox assets to a "master" contract.
                                function setMasterContractApproval(
                                    address user,
                                    address masterContract,
                                    bool approved,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external;
                                function harvest(
                                    address token,
                                    bool balance,
                                    uint256 maxChangeAmount
                                ) external;
                            }
                            
                            interface ICurve {
                              function exchange(int128 i, int128 j, uint256 dx, uint256 min_dy) payable external returns (uint256);
                            }
                            interface ICurveLegacy {
                              function exchange(int128 i, int128 j, uint256 dx, uint256 min_dy) payable external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
                            /// @notice Trident pool interface.
                            interface IPool {
                                /// @notice Executes a swap from one token to another.
                                /// @dev The input tokens must've already been sent to the pool.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return finalAmountOut The amount of output tokens that were sent to the user.
                                function swap(bytes calldata data) external returns (uint256 finalAmountOut);
                                /// @notice Executes a swap from one token to another with a callback.
                                /// @dev This function allows borrowing the output tokens and sending the input tokens in the callback.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return finalAmountOut The amount of output tokens that were sent to the user.
                                function flashSwap(bytes calldata data) external returns (uint256 finalAmountOut);
                                /// @notice Mints liquidity tokens.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return liquidity The amount of liquidity tokens that were minted for the user.
                                function mint(bytes calldata data) external returns (uint256 liquidity);
                                /// @notice Burns liquidity tokens.
                                /// @dev The input LP tokens must've already been sent to the pool.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return withdrawnAmounts The amount of various output tokens that were sent to the user.
                                function burn(bytes calldata data) external returns (TokenAmount[] memory withdrawnAmounts);
                                /// @notice Burns liquidity tokens for a single output token.
                                /// @dev The input LP tokens must've already been sent to the pool.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return amountOut The amount of output tokens that were sent to the user.
                                function burnSingle(bytes calldata data) external returns (uint256 amountOut);
                                /// @return A unique identifier for the pool type.
                                function poolIdentifier() external pure returns (bytes32);
                                /// @return An array of tokens supported by the pool.
                                function getAssets() external view returns (address[] memory);
                                /// @notice Simulates a trade and returns the expected output.
                                /// @dev The pool does not need to include a trade simulator directly in itself - it can use a library.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return finalAmountOut The amount of output tokens that will be sent to the user if the trade is executed.
                                function getAmountOut(bytes calldata data) external view returns (uint256 finalAmountOut);
                                /// @notice Simulates a trade and returns the expected output.
                                /// @dev The pool does not need to include a trade simulator directly in itself - it can use a library.
                                /// @param data ABI-encoded params that the pool requires.
                                /// @return finalAmountIn The amount of input tokens that are required from the user if the trade is executed.
                                function getAmountIn(bytes calldata data) external view returns (uint256 finalAmountIn);
                                /// @dev This event must be emitted on all swaps.
                                event Swap(address indexed recipient, address indexed tokenIn, address indexed tokenOut, uint256 amountIn, uint256 amountOut);
                                /// @dev This struct frames output tokens for burns.
                                struct TokenAmount {
                                    address token;
                                    uint256 amount;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            interface ITridentCLPool {
                              function token0() external returns (address);
                              function token1() external returns (address);
                              function swap(
                                address recipient,
                                bool zeroForOne,
                                int256 amountSpecified,
                                uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                                bool unwrapBento,
                                bytes calldata data
                              ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            interface IUniswapV2Pair {
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);
                                function name() external pure returns (string memory);
                                function symbol() external pure returns (string memory);
                                function decimals() external pure returns (uint8);
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
                                function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);
                                function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
                                function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                                function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                                function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
                                function PERMIT_TYPEHASH() external pure returns (bytes32);
                                function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint);
                                function permit(address owner, address spender, uint value, uint deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;
                                event Mint(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1);
                                event Burn(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, address indexed to);
                                event Swap(
                                    address indexed sender,
                                    uint amount0In,
                                    uint amount1In,
                                    uint amount0Out,
                                    uint amount1Out,
                                    address indexed to
                                );
                                event Sync(uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1);
                                function MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY() external pure returns (uint);
                                function factory() external view returns (address);
                                function token0() external view returns (address);
                                function token1() external view returns (address);
                                function getReserves() external view returns (uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1, uint32 blockTimestampLast);
                                function price0CumulativeLast() external view returns (uint);
                                function price1CumulativeLast() external view returns (uint);
                                function kLast() external view returns (uint);
                                function mint(address to) external returns (uint liquidity);
                                function burn(address to) external returns (uint amount0, uint amount1);
                                function swap(uint amount0Out, uint amount1Out, address to, bytes calldata data) external;
                                function skim(address to) external;
                                function sync() external;
                                function initialize(address, address) external;
                            }// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            interface IUniswapV3Pool {
                              function token0() external returns (address);
                              function token1() external returns (address);
                              function swap(
                                address recipient,
                                bool zeroForOne,
                                int256 amountSpecified,
                                uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                                bytes calldata data
                              ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity 0.8.10;
                            interface IWETH {
                              function deposit() external payable;
                              function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
                              function withdraw(uint256) external;
                            }
                            

                            File 2 of 7: BeaconProxy
                            // Sources flattened with hardhat v2.0.11 https://hardhat.org
                            
                            // File contracts/solidity/proxy/IBeacon.sol
                            
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
                             */
                            interface IBeacon {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
                                 *
                                 * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
                                 */
                                function childImplementation() external view returns (address);
                                function upgradeChildTo(address newImplementation) external;
                            }
                            
                            
                            // File contracts/solidity/proxy/Proxy.sol
                            
                            
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
                             * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
                             * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
                             *
                             * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
                             * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
                             *
                             * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
                             */
                            abstract contract Proxy {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
                                 *
                                 * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                                 */
                                function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                        // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                        // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                        calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
                            
                                        // Call the implementation.
                                        // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                        let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
                            
                                        // Copy the returned data.
                                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            
                                        switch result
                                        // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                        case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize()) }
                                        default { return(0, returndatasize()) }
                                    }
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
                                 * and {_fallback} should delegate.
                                 */
                                function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
                                 *
                                 * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                                 */
                                function _fallback() internal virtual {
                                    _beforeFallback();
                                    _delegate(_implementation());
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
                                 * function in the contract matches the call data.
                                 */
                                fallback () external payable virtual {
                                    _fallback();
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
                                 * is empty.
                                 */
                                receive () external payable virtual {
                                    _fallback();
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
                                 * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
                                 *
                                 * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
                                 */
                                function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {
                                }
                            }
                            
                            
                            // File contracts/solidity/util/Address.sol
                            
                            
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                    // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                    // constructor execution.
                            
                                    uint256 size;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                  return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                        if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                            
                                            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                            assembly {
                                                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            revert(errorMessage);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            
                            
                            // File contracts/solidity/proxy/BeaconProxy.sol
                            
                            
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from a {UpgradeableBeacon}.
                             *
                             * The beacon address is stored in storage slot `uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1`, so that it doesn't
                             * conflict with the storage layout of the implementation behind the proxy.
                             *
                             * _Available since v3.4._
                             */
                            contract BeaconProxy is Proxy {
                                /**
                                 * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
                                 * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
                                 */
                                bytes32 private constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
                                 *
                                 * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
                                 * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
                                 * constructor.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
                                 */
                                constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
                                    assert(_BEACON_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.beacon")) - 1));
                                    _setBeacon(beacon, data);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current beacon address.
                                 */
                                function _beacon() internal view virtual returns (address beacon) {
                                    bytes32 slot = _BEACON_SLOT;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        beacon := sload(slot)
                                    }
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
                                 */
                                function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
                                    return IBeacon(_beacon()).childImplementation();
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Changes the proxy to use a new beacon.
                                 *
                                 * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `beacon` must be a contract.
                                 * - The implementation returned by `beacon` must be a contract.
                                 */
                                function _setBeacon(address beacon, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
                                    require(
                                        Address.isContract(beacon),
                                        "BeaconProxy: beacon is not a contract"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        Address.isContract(IBeacon(beacon).childImplementation()),
                                        "BeaconProxy: beacon implementation is not a contract"
                                    );
                                    bytes32 slot = _BEACON_SLOT;
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        sstore(slot, beacon)
                                    }
                            
                                    if (data.length > 0) {
                                        Address.functionDelegateCall(_implementation(), data, "BeaconProxy: function call failed");
                                    }
                                }
                            }

                            File 3 of 7: UniswapV2Pair
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            
                            interface IUniswapV2Factory {
                                event PairCreated(address indexed token0, address indexed token1, address pair, uint);
                            
                                function feeTo() external view returns (address);
                                function feeToSetter() external view returns (address);
                                function migrator() external view returns (address);
                            
                                function getPair(address tokenA, address tokenB) external view returns (address pair);
                                function allPairs(uint) external view returns (address pair);
                                function allPairsLength() external view returns (uint);
                            
                                function createPair(address tokenA, address tokenB) external returns (address pair);
                            
                                function setFeeTo(address) external;
                                function setFeeToSetter(address) external;
                                function setMigrator(address) external;
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/libraries/SafeMath.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity =0.6.12;
                            
                            // a library for performing overflow-safe math, courtesy of DappHub (https://github.com/dapphub/ds-math)
                            
                            library SafeMathUniswap {
                                function add(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
                                    require((z = x + y) >= x, 'ds-math-add-overflow');
                                }
                            
                                function sub(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
                                    require((z = x - y) <= x, 'ds-math-sub-underflow');
                                }
                            
                                function mul(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
                                    require(y == 0 || (z = x * y) / y == x, 'ds-math-mul-overflow');
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/UniswapV2ERC20.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity =0.6.12;
                            
                            
                            contract UniswapV2ERC20 {
                                using SafeMathUniswap for uint;
                            
                                string public constant name = 'SushiSwap LP Token';
                                string public constant symbol = 'SLP';
                                uint8 public constant decimals = 18;
                                uint  public totalSupply;
                                mapping(address => uint) public balanceOf;
                                mapping(address => mapping(address => uint)) public allowance;
                            
                                bytes32 public DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                                // keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");
                                bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH = 0x6e71edae12b1b97f4d1f60370fef10105fa2faae0126114a169c64845d6126c9;
                                mapping(address => uint) public nonces;
                            
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);
                            
                                constructor() public {
                                    uint chainId;
                                    assembly {
                                        chainId := chainid()
                                    }
                                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = keccak256(
                                        abi.encode(
                                            keccak256('EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)'),
                                            keccak256(bytes(name)),
                                            keccak256(bytes('1')),
                                            chainId,
                                            address(this)
                                        )
                                    );
                                }
                            
                                function _mint(address to, uint value) internal {
                                    totalSupply = totalSupply.add(value);
                                    balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(value);
                                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, value);
                                }
                            
                                function _burn(address from, uint value) internal {
                                    balanceOf[from] = balanceOf[from].sub(value);
                                    totalSupply = totalSupply.sub(value);
                                    emit Transfer(from, address(0), value);
                                }
                            
                                function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint value) private {
                                    allowance[owner][spender] = value;
                                    emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
                                }
                            
                                function _transfer(address from, address to, uint value) private {
                                    balanceOf[from] = balanceOf[from].sub(value);
                                    balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(value);
                                    emit Transfer(from, to, value);
                                }
                            
                                function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool) {
                                    _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            
                                function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool) {
                                    _transfer(msg.sender, to, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            
                                function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool) {
                                    if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                                        allowance[from][msg.sender] = allowance[from][msg.sender].sub(value);
                                    }
                                    _transfer(from, to, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            
                                function permit(address owner, address spender, uint value, uint deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external {
                                    require(deadline >= block.timestamp, 'UniswapV2: EXPIRED');
                                    bytes32 digest = keccak256(
                                        abi.encodePacked(
                                            '\x19\x01',
                                            DOMAIN_SEPARATOR,
                                            keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, nonces[owner]++, deadline))
                                        )
                                    );
                                    address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
                                    require(recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner, 'UniswapV2: INVALID_SIGNATURE');
                                    _approve(owner, spender, value);
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/libraries/Math.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity =0.6.12;
                            
                            // a library for performing various math operations
                            
                            library Math {
                                function min(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
                                    z = x < y ? x : y;
                                }
                            
                                // babylonian method (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Babylonian_method)
                                function sqrt(uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
                                    if (y > 3) {
                                        z = y;
                                        uint x = y / 2 + 1;
                                        while (x < z) {
                                            z = x;
                                            x = (y / x + x) / 2;
                                        }
                                    } else if (y != 0) {
                                        z = 1;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/libraries/UQ112x112.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity =0.6.12;
                            
                            // a library for handling binary fixed point numbers (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format))
                            
                            // range: [0, 2**112 - 1]
                            // resolution: 1 / 2**112
                            
                            library UQ112x112 {
                                uint224 constant Q112 = 2**112;
                            
                                // encode a uint112 as a UQ112x112
                                function encode(uint112 y) internal pure returns (uint224 z) {
                                    z = uint224(y) * Q112; // never overflows
                                }
                            
                                // divide a UQ112x112 by a uint112, returning a UQ112x112
                                function uqdiv(uint224 x, uint112 y) internal pure returns (uint224 z) {
                                    z = x / uint224(y);
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/interfaces/IERC20.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            
                            interface IERC20Uniswap {
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);
                            
                                function name() external view returns (string memory);
                                function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                                function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
                                function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);
                            
                                function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
                                function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                                function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            
                            interface IUniswapV2Callee {
                                function uniswapV2Call(address sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, bytes calldata data) external;
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/uniswapv2/UniswapV2Pair.sol
                            
                            pragma solidity =0.6.12;
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            interface IMigrator {
                                // Return the desired amount of liquidity token that the migrator wants.
                                function desiredLiquidity() external view returns (uint256);
                            }
                            
                            contract UniswapV2Pair is UniswapV2ERC20 {
                                using SafeMathUniswap  for uint;
                                using UQ112x112 for uint224;
                            
                                uint public constant MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY = 10**3;
                                bytes4 private constant SELECTOR = bytes4(keccak256(bytes('transfer(address,uint256)')));
                            
                                address public factory;
                                address public token0;
                                address public token1;
                            
                                uint112 private reserve0;           // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves
                                uint112 private reserve1;           // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves
                                uint32  private blockTimestampLast; // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves
                            
                                uint public price0CumulativeLast;
                                uint public price1CumulativeLast;
                                uint public kLast; // reserve0 * reserve1, as of immediately after the most recent liquidity event
                            
                                uint private unlocked = 1;
                                modifier lock() {
                                    require(unlocked == 1, 'UniswapV2: LOCKED');
                                    unlocked = 0;
                                    _;
                                    unlocked = 1;
                                }
                            
                                function getReserves() public view returns (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1, uint32 _blockTimestampLast) {
                                    _reserve0 = reserve0;
                                    _reserve1 = reserve1;
                                    _blockTimestampLast = blockTimestampLast;
                                }
                            
                                function _safeTransfer(address token, address to, uint value) private {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(SELECTOR, to, value));
                                    require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'UniswapV2: TRANSFER_FAILED');
                                }
                            
                                event Mint(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1);
                                event Burn(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, address indexed to);
                                event Swap(
                                    address indexed sender,
                                    uint amount0In,
                                    uint amount1In,
                                    uint amount0Out,
                                    uint amount1Out,
                                    address indexed to
                                );
                                event Sync(uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1);
                            
                                constructor() public {
                                    factory = msg.sender;
                                }
                            
                                // called once by the factory at time of deployment
                                function initialize(address _token0, address _token1) external {
                                    require(msg.sender == factory, 'UniswapV2: FORBIDDEN'); // sufficient check
                                    token0 = _token0;
                                    token1 = _token1;
                                }
                            
                                // update reserves and, on the first call per block, price accumulators
                                function _update(uint balance0, uint balance1, uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1) private {
                                    require(balance0 <= uint112(-1) && balance1 <= uint112(-1), 'UniswapV2: OVERFLOW');
                                    uint32 blockTimestamp = uint32(block.timestamp % 2**32);
                                    uint32 timeElapsed = blockTimestamp - blockTimestampLast; // overflow is desired
                                    if (timeElapsed > 0 && _reserve0 != 0 && _reserve1 != 0) {
                                        // * never overflows, and + overflow is desired
                                        price0CumulativeLast += uint(UQ112x112.encode(_reserve1).uqdiv(_reserve0)) * timeElapsed;
                                        price1CumulativeLast += uint(UQ112x112.encode(_reserve0).uqdiv(_reserve1)) * timeElapsed;
                                    }
                                    reserve0 = uint112(balance0);
                                    reserve1 = uint112(balance1);
                                    blockTimestampLast = blockTimestamp;
                                    emit Sync(reserve0, reserve1);
                                }
                            
                                // if fee is on, mint liquidity equivalent to 1/6th of the growth in sqrt(k)
                                function _mintFee(uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1) private returns (bool feeOn) {
                                    address feeTo = IUniswapV2Factory(factory).feeTo();
                                    feeOn = feeTo != address(0);
                                    uint _kLast = kLast; // gas savings
                                    if (feeOn) {
                                        if (_kLast != 0) {
                                            uint rootK = Math.sqrt(uint(_reserve0).mul(_reserve1));
                                            uint rootKLast = Math.sqrt(_kLast);
                                            if (rootK > rootKLast) {
                                                uint numerator = totalSupply.mul(rootK.sub(rootKLast));
                                                uint denominator = rootK.mul(5).add(rootKLast);
                                                uint liquidity = numerator / denominator;
                                                if (liquidity > 0) _mint(feeTo, liquidity);
                                            }
                                        }
                                    } else if (_kLast != 0) {
                                        kLast = 0;
                                    }
                                }
                            
                                // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
                                function mint(address to) external lock returns (uint liquidity) {
                                    (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
                                    uint balance0 = IERC20Uniswap(token0).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    uint balance1 = IERC20Uniswap(token1).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    uint amount0 = balance0.sub(_reserve0);
                                    uint amount1 = balance1.sub(_reserve1);
                            
                                    bool feeOn = _mintFee(_reserve0, _reserve1);
                                    uint _totalSupply = totalSupply; // gas savings, must be defined here since totalSupply can update in _mintFee
                                    if (_totalSupply == 0) {
                                        address migrator = IUniswapV2Factory(factory).migrator();
                                        if (msg.sender == migrator) {
                                            liquidity = IMigrator(migrator).desiredLiquidity();
                                            require(liquidity > 0 && liquidity != uint256(-1), "Bad desired liquidity");
                                        } else {
                                            require(migrator == address(0), "Must not have migrator");
                                            liquidity = Math.sqrt(amount0.mul(amount1)).sub(MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY);
                                            _mint(address(0), MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY); // permanently lock the first MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY tokens
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        liquidity = Math.min(amount0.mul(_totalSupply) / _reserve0, amount1.mul(_totalSupply) / _reserve1);
                                    }
                                    require(liquidity > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY_MINTED');
                                    _mint(to, liquidity);
                            
                                    _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
                                    if (feeOn) kLast = uint(reserve0).mul(reserve1); // reserve0 and reserve1 are up-to-date
                                    emit Mint(msg.sender, amount0, amount1);
                                }
                            
                                // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
                                function burn(address to) external lock returns (uint amount0, uint amount1) {
                                    (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
                                    address _token0 = token0;                                // gas savings
                                    address _token1 = token1;                                // gas savings
                                    uint balance0 = IERC20Uniswap(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    uint balance1 = IERC20Uniswap(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    uint liquidity = balanceOf[address(this)];
                            
                                    bool feeOn = _mintFee(_reserve0, _reserve1);
                                    uint _totalSupply = totalSupply; // gas savings, must be defined here since totalSupply can update in _mintFee
                                    amount0 = liquidity.mul(balance0) / _totalSupply; // using balances ensures pro-rata distribution
                                    amount1 = liquidity.mul(balance1) / _totalSupply; // using balances ensures pro-rata distribution
                                    require(amount0 > 0 && amount1 > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY_BURNED');
                                    _burn(address(this), liquidity);
                                    _safeTransfer(_token0, to, amount0);
                                    _safeTransfer(_token1, to, amount1);
                                    balance0 = IERC20Uniswap(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    balance1 = IERC20Uniswap(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));
                            
                                    _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
                                    if (feeOn) kLast = uint(reserve0).mul(reserve1); // reserve0 and reserve1 are up-to-date
                                    emit Burn(msg.sender, amount0, amount1, to);
                                }
                            
                                // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
                                function swap(uint amount0Out, uint amount1Out, address to, bytes calldata data) external lock {
                                    require(amount0Out > 0 || amount1Out > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_OUTPUT_AMOUNT');
                                    (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
                                    require(amount0Out < _reserve0 && amount1Out < _reserve1, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY');
                            
                                    uint balance0;
                                    uint balance1;
                                    { // scope for _token{0,1}, avoids stack too deep errors
                                    address _token0 = token0;
                                    address _token1 = token1;
                                    require(to != _token0 && to != _token1, 'UniswapV2: INVALID_TO');
                                    if (amount0Out > 0) _safeTransfer(_token0, to, amount0Out); // optimistically transfer tokens
                                    if (amount1Out > 0) _safeTransfer(_token1, to, amount1Out); // optimistically transfer tokens
                                    if (data.length > 0) IUniswapV2Callee(to).uniswapV2Call(msg.sender, amount0Out, amount1Out, data);
                                    balance0 = IERC20Uniswap(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    balance1 = IERC20Uniswap(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));
                                    }
                                    uint amount0In = balance0 > _reserve0 - amount0Out ? balance0 - (_reserve0 - amount0Out) : 0;
                                    uint amount1In = balance1 > _reserve1 - amount1Out ? balance1 - (_reserve1 - amount1Out) : 0;
                                    require(amount0In > 0 || amount1In > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_INPUT_AMOUNT');
                                    { // scope for reserve{0,1}Adjusted, avoids stack too deep errors
                                    uint balance0Adjusted = balance0.mul(1000).sub(amount0In.mul(3));
                                    uint balance1Adjusted = balance1.mul(1000).sub(amount1In.mul(3));
                                    require(balance0Adjusted.mul(balance1Adjusted) >= uint(_reserve0).mul(_reserve1).mul(1000**2), 'UniswapV2: K');
                                    }
                            
                                    _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
                                    emit Swap(msg.sender, amount0In, amount1In, amount0Out, amount1Out, to);
                                }
                            
                                // force balances to match reserves
                                function skim(address to) external lock {
                                    address _token0 = token0; // gas savings
                                    address _token1 = token1; // gas savings
                                    _safeTransfer(_token0, to, IERC20Uniswap(_token0).balanceOf(address(this)).sub(reserve0));
                                    _safeTransfer(_token1, to, IERC20Uniswap(_token1).balanceOf(address(this)).sub(reserve1));
                                }
                            
                                // force reserves to match balances
                                function sync() external lock {
                                    _update(IERC20Uniswap(token0).balanceOf(address(this)), IERC20Uniswap(token1).balanceOf(address(this)), reserve0, reserve1);
                                }
                            }

                            File 4 of 7: WETH9
                            // Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub
                            
                            // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                            // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                            // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                            // (at your option) any later version.
                            
                            // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                            // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                            // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                            // GNU General Public License for more details.
                            
                            // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                            // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
                            
                            contract WETH9 {
                                string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
                                string public symbol   = "WETH";
                                uint8  public decimals = 18;
                            
                                event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
                                event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);
                            
                                mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
                                mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;
                            
                                function() public payable {
                                    deposit();
                                }
                                function deposit() public payable {
                                    balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
                                    Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                }
                                function withdraw(uint wad) public {
                                    require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
                                    balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
                                    msg.sender.transfer(wad);
                                    Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
                                }
                            
                                function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
                                    return this.balance;
                                }
                            
                                function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                    allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
                                    Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            
                                function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                    return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
                                }
                            
                                function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
                                    public
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);
                            
                                    if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                                        require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
                                        allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
                                    }
                            
                                    balanceOf[src] -= wad;
                                    balanceOf[dst] += wad;
                            
                                    Transfer(src, dst, wad);
                            
                                    return true;
                                }
                            }
                            
                            
                            /*
                                                GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                                                   Version 3, 29 June 2007
                            
                             Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
                             Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                             of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                            
                                                        Preamble
                            
                              The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
                            software and other kinds of works.
                            
                              The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
                            to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
                            the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
                            share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
                            software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
                            GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
                            any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
                            your programs, too.
                            
                              When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
                            price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
                            have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
                            them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
                            want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
                            free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
                            
                              To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
                            these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
                            certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
                            you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
                            
                              For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
                            gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
                            freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
                            or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
                            know their rights.
                            
                              Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
                            (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
                            giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
                            
                              For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
                            that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
                            authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
                            changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
                            authors of previous versions.
                            
                              Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
                            modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
                            can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
                            protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
                            pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
                            use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
                            have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
                            products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
                            stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
                            of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
                            
                              Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
                            States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
                            software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
                            avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
                            make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
                            patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
                            
                              The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
                            modification follow.
                            
                                                   TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                            
                              0. Definitions.
                            
                              "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
                            
                              "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
                            works, such as semiconductor masks.
                            
                              "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
                            License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
                            "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
                            
                              To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
                            in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
                            exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
                            earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
                            
                              A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
                            on the Program.
                            
                              To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
                            permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
                            infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
                            computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
                            distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
                            public, and in some countries other activities as well.
                            
                              To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
                            parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
                            a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
                            
                              An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
                            to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
                            feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
                            tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
                            extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
                            work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
                            the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
                            menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
                            
                              1. Source Code.
                            
                              The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
                            for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
                            form of a work.
                            
                              A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
                            standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
                            interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
                            is widely used among developers working in that language.
                            
                              The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
                            than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
                            packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
                            Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
                            Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
                            implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
                            "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
                            (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
                            (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
                            produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
                            
                              The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
                            the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
                            work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
                            control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
                            System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
                            programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
                            which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
                            includes interface definition files associated with source files for
                            the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
                            linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
                            such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
                            subprograms and other parts of the work.
                            
                              The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
                            can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
                            Source.
                            
                              The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
                            same work.
                            
                              2. Basic Permissions.
                            
                              All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
                            copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
                            conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
                            permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
                            covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
                            content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
                            rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
                            
                              You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
                            convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
                            in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
                            of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
                            with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
                            the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
                            not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
                            for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
                            and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
                            your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
                            
                              Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
                            the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
                            makes it unnecessary.
                            
                              3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
                            
                              No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
                            measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
                            11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
                            similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
                            measures.
                            
                              When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
                            circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
                            is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
                            the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
                            modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
                            users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
                            technological measures.
                            
                              4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
                            
                              You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
                            receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
                            appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
                            keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
                            non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
                            keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
                            recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
                            
                              You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
                            and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
                            
                              5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
                            
                              You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
                            produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
                            terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
                            
                                a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
                                it, and giving a relevant date.
                            
                                b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
                                released under this License and any conditions added under section
                                7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
                                "keep intact all notices".
                            
                                c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
                                License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
                                License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
                                additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
                                regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
                                permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
                                invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
                            
                                d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
                                Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
                                interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
                                work need not make them do so.
                            
                              A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
                            works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
                            and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
                            in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
                            "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
                            used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
                            beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
                            in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
                            parts of the aggregate.
                            
                              6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
                            
                              You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
                            of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
                            machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
                            in one of these ways:
                            
                                a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
                                Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
                                customarily used for software interchange.
                            
                                b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
                                written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
                                long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
                                model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
                                copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
                                product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
                                medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
                                more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
                                conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
                                Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
                            
                                c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
                                written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
                                alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
                                only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
                                with subsection 6b.
                            
                                d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
                                place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
                                Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
                                further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
                                Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
                                copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
                                may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
                                that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
                                clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
                                Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
                                Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
                                available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
                            
                                e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
                                you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
                                Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
                                charge under subsection 6d.
                            
                              A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
                            from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
                            included in conveying the object code work.
                            
                              A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
                            tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
                            or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
                            into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
                            doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
                            product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
                            typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
                            of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
                            actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
                            is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
                            commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
                            the only significant mode of use of the product.
                            
                              "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
                            procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
                            and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
                            a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
                            suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
                            code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
                            modification has been made.
                            
                              If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
                            specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
                            part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
                            User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
                            fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
                            Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
                            by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
                            if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
                            modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
                            been installed in ROM).
                            
                              The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
                            requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
                            for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
                            the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
                            network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
                            adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
                            protocols for communication across the network.
                            
                              Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
                            in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
                            documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
                            source code form), and must require no special password or key for
                            unpacking, reading or copying.
                            
                              7. Additional Terms.
                            
                              "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
                            License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
                            Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
                            be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
                            that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
                            apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
                            under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
                            this License without regard to the additional permissions.
                            
                              When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
                            remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
                            it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
                            removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
                            additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
                            for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
                            
                              Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
                            add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
                            that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
                            
                                a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
                                terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
                            
                                b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
                                author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
                                Notices displayed by works containing it; or
                            
                                c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
                                requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
                                reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
                            
                                d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
                                authors of the material; or
                            
                                e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
                                trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
                            
                                f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
                                material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
                                it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
                                any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
                                those licensors and authors.
                            
                              All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
                            restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
                            received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
                            governed by this License along with a term that is a further
                            restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
                            a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
                            License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
                            of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
                            not survive such relicensing or conveying.
                            
                              If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
                            must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
                            additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
                            where to find the applicable terms.
                            
                              Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
                            form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
                            the above requirements apply either way.
                            
                              8. Termination.
                            
                              You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
                            provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
                            modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
                            this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
                            paragraph of section 11).
                            
                              However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
                            license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
                            provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
                            finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
                            holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
                            prior to 60 days after the cessation.
                            
                              Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
                            reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
                            violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
                            received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
                            copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
                            your receipt of the notice.
                            
                              Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
                            licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
                            this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
                            reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
                            material under section 10.
                            
                              9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
                            
                              You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
                            run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
                            occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
                            to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
                            nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
                            modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
                            not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
                            covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
                            
                              10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
                            
                              Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
                            receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
                            propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
                            for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
                            
                              An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
                            organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
                            organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
                            work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
                            transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
                            licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
                            give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
                            Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
                            the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
                            
                              You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
                            rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
                            not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
                            rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
                            (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
                            any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
                            sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
                            
                              11. Patents.
                            
                              A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
                            License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
                            work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
                            
                              A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
                            owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
                            hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
                            by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
                            but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
                            consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
                            purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
                            patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
                            this License.
                            
                              Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
                            patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
                            make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
                            propagate the contents of its contributor version.
                            
                              In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
                            agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
                            (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
                            sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
                            party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
                            patent against the party.
                            
                              If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
                            and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
                            to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
                            publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
                            then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
                            available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
                            patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
                            consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
                            license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
                            actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
                            covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
                            in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
                            country that you have reason to believe are valid.
                            
                              If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
                            arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
                            covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
                            receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
                            or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
                            you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
                            work and works based on it.
                            
                              A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
                            the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
                            conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
                            specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
                            work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
                            in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
                            to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
                            the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
                            parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
                            patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
                            conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
                            for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
                            contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
                            or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
                            
                              Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
                            any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
                            otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
                            
                              12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
                            
                              If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
                            otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
                            excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
                            covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
                            License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
                            not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
                            to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
                            the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
                            License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
                            
                              13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
                            
                              Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
                            permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
                            under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
                            combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
                            License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
                            but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
                            section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
                            combination as such.
                            
                              14. Revised Versions of this License.
                            
                              The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
                            the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
                            be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
                            address new problems or concerns.
                            
                              Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
                            Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
                            Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
                            option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
                            version or of any later version published by the Free Software
                            Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
                            GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
                            by the Free Software Foundation.
                            
                              If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
                            versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
                            public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
                            to choose that version for the Program.
                            
                              Later license versions may give you additional or different
                            permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
                            author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
                            later version.
                            
                              15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
                            
                              THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
                            APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
                            HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
                            OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
                            THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                            PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
                            IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
                            ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
                            
                              16. Limitation of Liability.
                            
                              IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
                            WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
                            THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
                            GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
                            USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
                            DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
                            PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
                            EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
                            SUCH DAMAGES.
                            
                              17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
                            
                              If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
                            above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
                            reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
                            an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
                            Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
                            copy of the Program in return for a fee.
                            
                                                 END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                            
                                        How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
                            
                              If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
                            possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
                            free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
                            
                              To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
                            to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
                            state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
                            the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
                            
                                <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
                                Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                            
                                This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                                it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                                the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                                (at your option) any later version.
                            
                                This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                                but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                                MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                                GNU General Public License for more details.
                            
                                You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                                along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                            Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
                            
                              If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
                            notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
                            
                                <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                                This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
                                This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
                                under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
                            
                            The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
                            parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
                            might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
                            
                              You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
                            if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
                            For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
                            <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                              The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
                            into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
                            may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
                            the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
                            Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
                            <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
                            
                            */

                            File 5 of 7: AdminUpgradeabilityProxy
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.6.0;
                            import './UpgradeabilityProxy.sol';
                            /**
                             * @title AdminUpgradeabilityProxy
                             * @dev This contract combines an upgradeability proxy with an authorization
                             * mechanism for administrative tasks.
                             * All external functions in this contract must be guarded by the
                             * `ifAdmin` modifier. See ethereum/solidity#3864 for a Solidity
                             * feature proposal that would enable this to be done automatically.
                             */
                            contract AdminUpgradeabilityProxy is UpgradeabilityProxy {
                              /**
                               * Contract constructor.
                               * @param _logic address of the initial implementation.
                               * @param _admin Address of the proxy administrator.
                               * @param _data Data to send as msg.data to the implementation to initialize the proxied contract.
                               * It should include the signature and the parameters of the function to be called, as described in
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.4.24/abi-spec.html#function-selector-and-argument-encoding.
                               * This parameter is optional, if no data is given the initialization call to proxied contract will be skipped.
                               */
                              constructor(address _logic, address _admin, bytes memory _data) UpgradeabilityProxy(_logic, _data) public payable {
                                assert(ADMIN_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.admin')) - 1));
                                _setAdmin(_admin);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the administration has been transferred.
                               * @param previousAdmin Address of the previous admin.
                               * @param newAdmin Address of the new admin.
                               */
                              event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier to check whether the `msg.sender` is the admin.
                               * If it is, it will run the function. Otherwise, it will delegate the call
                               * to the implementation.
                               */
                              modifier ifAdmin() {
                                if (msg.sender == _admin()) {
                                  _;
                                } else {
                                  _fallback();
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @return The address of the proxy admin.
                               */
                              function admin() external ifAdmin returns (address) {
                                return _admin();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @return The address of the implementation.
                               */
                              function implementation() external ifAdmin returns (address) {
                                return _implementation();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                               * Only the current admin can call this function.
                               * @param newAdmin Address to transfer proxy administration to.
                               */
                              function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external ifAdmin {
                                require(newAdmin != address(0), "Cannot change the admin of a proxy to the zero address");
                                emit AdminChanged(_admin(), newAdmin);
                                _setAdmin(newAdmin);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy.
                               * Only the admin can call this function.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
                                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy and call a function
                               * on the new implementation.
                               * This is useful to initialize the proxied contract.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               * @param data Data to send as msg.data in the low level call.
                               * It should include the signature and the parameters of the function to be called, as described in
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.4.24/abi-spec.html#function-selector-and-argument-encoding.
                               */
                              function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data) payable external ifAdmin {
                                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                                (bool success,) = newImplementation.delegatecall(data);
                                require(success);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @return adm The admin slot.
                               */
                              function _admin() internal view returns (address adm) {
                                bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  adm := sload(slot)
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets the address of the proxy admin.
                               * @param newAdmin Address of the new proxy admin.
                               */
                              function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                                bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  sstore(slot, newAdmin)
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Only fall back when the sender is not the admin.
                               */
                              function _willFallback() internal override virtual {
                                require(msg.sender != _admin(), "Cannot call fallback function from the proxy admin");
                                super._willFallback();
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.6.0;
                            import './Proxy.sol';
                            import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol';
                            /**
                             * @title UpgradeabilityProxy
                             * @dev This contract implements a proxy that allows to change the
                             * implementation address to which it will delegate.
                             * Such a change is called an implementation upgrade.
                             */
                            contract UpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Contract constructor.
                               * @param _logic Address of the initial implementation.
                               * @param _data Data to send as msg.data to the implementation to initialize the proxied contract.
                               * It should include the signature and the parameters of the function to be called, as described in
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.4.24/abi-spec.html#function-selector-and-argument-encoding.
                               * This parameter is optional, if no data is given the initialization call to proxied contract will be skipped.
                               */
                              constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) public payable {
                                assert(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.implementation')) - 1));
                                _setImplementation(_logic);
                                if(_data.length > 0) {
                                  (bool success,) = _logic.delegatecall(_data);
                                  require(success);
                                }
                              }  
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                               * @param implementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 internal constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current implementation.
                               * @return impl Address of the current implementation
                               */
                              function _implementation() internal override view returns (address impl) {
                                bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  impl := sload(slot)
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrades the proxy to a new implementation.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
                                _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                                emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets the implementation address of the proxy.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
                                require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "Cannot set a proxy implementation to a non-contract address");
                                bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  sstore(slot, newImplementation)
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.6.0;
                            /**
                             * @title Proxy
                             * @dev Implements delegation of calls to other contracts, with proper
                             * forwarding of return values and bubbling of failures.
                             * It defines a fallback function that delegates all calls to the address
                             * returned by the abstract _implementation() internal function.
                             */
                            abstract contract Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Fallback function.
                               * Implemented entirely in `_fallback`.
                               */
                              fallback () payable external {
                                _fallback();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Receive function.
                               * Implemented entirely in `_fallback`.
                               */
                              receive () payable external {
                                _fallback();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @return The Address of the implementation.
                               */
                              function _implementation() internal virtual view returns (address);
                              /**
                               * @dev Delegates execution to an implementation contract.
                               * This is a low level function that doesn't return to its internal call site.
                               * It will return to the external caller whatever the implementation returns.
                               * @param implementation Address to delegate.
                               */
                              function _delegate(address implementation) internal {
                                assembly {
                                  // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                  // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                  // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                  calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
                                  // Call the implementation.
                                  // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                  let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
                                  // Copy the returned data.
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                  switch result
                                  // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                  case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize()) }
                                  default { return(0, returndatasize()) }
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Function that is run as the first thing in the fallback function.
                               * Can be redefined in derived contracts to add functionality.
                               * Redefinitions must call super._willFallback().
                               */
                              function _willFallback() internal virtual {
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev fallback implementation.
                               * Extracted to enable manual triggering.
                               */
                              function _fallback() internal {
                                _willFallback();
                                _delegate(_implementation());
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.2 <0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                    // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                    // constructor execution.
                                    uint256 size;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                  return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                        if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                            assembly {
                                                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            revert(errorMessage);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            

                            File 6 of 7: NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./util/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./proxy/UpgradeableBeacon.sol";
                            import "./proxy/BeaconProxy.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXVaultFactory.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXFeeDistributor.sol";
                            import "./NFTXVaultUpgradeable.sol";
                            // Authors: @0xKiwi_ and @alexgausman.
                            contract NFTXVaultFactoryUpgradeable is
                                PausableUpgradeable,
                                UpgradeableBeacon,
                                INFTXVaultFactory
                            {
                                uint256 private NOT_USED1; // Removed, no longer needed.
                                address public override zapContract; // No longer needed, but keeping for compatibility.
                                address public override feeDistributor;
                                address public override eligibilityManager;
                                mapping(uint256 => address) private NOT_USED3; // Removed, no longer needed.
                                mapping(address => address[]) _vaultsForAsset;
                                address[] internal vaults;
                                // v1.0.1
                                mapping(address => bool) public override excludedFromFees;
                                // v1.0.2
                                struct VaultFees {
                                    bool active;
                                    uint64 mintFee;
                                    uint64 randomRedeemFee;
                                    uint64 targetRedeemFee;
                                    uint64 randomSwapFee;
                                    uint64 targetSwapFee;
                                }
                                mapping(uint256 => VaultFees) private _vaultFees;
                                uint64 public override factoryMintFee;
                                uint64 public override factoryRandomRedeemFee;
                                uint64 public override factoryTargetRedeemFee;
                                uint64 public override factoryRandomSwapFee;
                                uint64 public override factoryTargetSwapFee;
                                // v1.0.3
                                mapping(address => bool) public override zapContracts;
                                address public override erc1272Signer;
                                function __NFTXVaultFactory_init(
                                    address _vaultImpl,
                                    address _feeDistributor
                                ) public override initializer {
                                    __Pausable_init();
                                    // We use a beacon proxy so that every child contract follows the same implementation code.
                                    __UpgradeableBeacon__init(_vaultImpl);
                                    setFeeDistributor(_feeDistributor);
                                    setFactoryFees(0.1 ether, 0.05 ether, 0.1 ether, 0.05 ether, 0.1 ether);
                                }
                                function createVault(
                                    string memory name,
                                    string memory symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(0);
                                    require(feeDistributor != address(0), "NFTX: Fee receiver unset");
                                    require(
                                        childImplementation() != address(0),
                                        "NFTX: Vault implementation unset"
                                    );
                                    address vaultAddr = deployVault(
                                        name,
                                        symbol,
                                        _assetAddress,
                                        is1155,
                                        allowAllItems
                                    );
                                    uint256 _vaultId = vaults.length;
                                    _vaultsForAsset[_assetAddress].push(vaultAddr);
                                    vaults.push(vaultAddr);
                                    INFTXFeeDistributor(feeDistributor).initializeVaultReceivers(_vaultId);
                                    emit NewVault(_vaultId, vaultAddr, _assetAddress);
                                    return _vaultId;
                                }
                                function setFactoryFees(
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) public virtual override onlyOwner {
                                    require(mintFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(randomRedeemFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(targetRedeemFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(randomSwapFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(targetSwapFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    factoryMintFee = uint64(mintFee);
                                    factoryRandomRedeemFee = uint64(randomRedeemFee);
                                    factoryTargetRedeemFee = uint64(targetRedeemFee);
                                    factoryRandomSwapFee = uint64(randomSwapFee);
                                    factoryTargetSwapFee = uint64(targetSwapFee);
                                    emit UpdateFactoryFees(
                                        mintFee,
                                        randomRedeemFee,
                                        targetRedeemFee,
                                        randomSwapFee,
                                        targetSwapFee
                                    );
                                }
                                function setVaultFees(
                                    uint256 vaultId,
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) public virtual override {
                                    if (msg.sender != owner()) {
                                        address vaultAddr = vaults[vaultId];
                                        require(msg.sender == vaultAddr, "Not from vault");
                                    }
                                    require(mintFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(randomRedeemFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(targetRedeemFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(randomSwapFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    require(targetSwapFee <= 0.5 ether, "Cannot > 0.5 ether");
                                    _vaultFees[vaultId] = VaultFees(
                                        true,
                                        uint64(mintFee),
                                        uint64(randomRedeemFee),
                                        uint64(targetRedeemFee),
                                        uint64(randomSwapFee),
                                        uint64(targetSwapFee)
                                    );
                                    emit UpdateVaultFees(
                                        vaultId,
                                        mintFee,
                                        randomRedeemFee,
                                        targetRedeemFee,
                                        randomSwapFee,
                                        targetSwapFee
                                    );
                                }
                                function disableVaultFees(uint256 vaultId) public virtual override {
                                    if (msg.sender != owner()) {
                                        address vaultAddr = vaults[vaultId];
                                        require(msg.sender == vaultAddr, "Not vault");
                                    }
                                    delete _vaultFees[vaultId];
                                    emit DisableVaultFees(vaultId);
                                }
                                function setFeeDistributor(address _feeDistributor)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    require(_feeDistributor != address(0));
                                    emit NewFeeDistributor(feeDistributor, _feeDistributor);
                                    feeDistributor = _feeDistributor;
                                }
                                function setZapContract(address _zapContract, bool _excluded)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    emit UpdatedZapContract(_zapContract, _excluded);
                                    zapContracts[_zapContract] = _excluded;
                                }
                                function setFeeExclusion(address _excludedAddr, bool excluded)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    emit FeeExclusion(_excludedAddr, excluded);
                                    excludedFromFees[_excludedAddr] = excluded;
                                }
                                function setEligibilityManager(address _eligibilityManager)
                                    external
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    emit NewEligibilityManager(eligibilityManager, _eligibilityManager);
                                    eligibilityManager = _eligibilityManager;
                                }
                                function setERC1271Signer(address _erc1271Signer) external override onlyOwner {
                                    erc1272Signer = _erc1271Signer;
                                }
                                function vaultFees(uint256 vaultId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256
                                    )
                                {
                                    VaultFees memory fees = _vaultFees[vaultId];
                                    if (fees.active) {
                                        return (
                                            uint256(fees.mintFee),
                                            uint256(fees.randomRedeemFee),
                                            uint256(fees.targetRedeemFee),
                                            uint256(fees.randomSwapFee),
                                            uint256(fees.targetSwapFee)
                                        );
                                    }
                                    return (
                                        uint256(factoryMintFee),
                                        uint256(factoryRandomRedeemFee),
                                        uint256(factoryTargetRedeemFee),
                                        uint256(factoryRandomSwapFee),
                                        uint256(factoryTargetSwapFee)
                                    );
                                }
                                function isLocked(uint256 lockId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return isPaused[lockId];
                                }
                                function vaultsForAsset(address assetAddress)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (address[] memory)
                                {
                                    return _vaultsForAsset[assetAddress];
                                }
                                function vault(uint256 vaultId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    return vaults[vaultId];
                                }
                                function allVaults()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (address[] memory)
                                {
                                    return vaults;
                                }
                                function numVaults() external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return vaults.length;
                                }
                                function deployVault(
                                    string memory name,
                                    string memory symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                ) internal returns (address) {
                                    address newBeaconProxy = address(new BeaconProxy(address(this), ""));
                                    NFTXVaultUpgradeable(newBeaconProxy).__NFTXVault_init(
                                        name,
                                        symbol,
                                        _assetAddress,
                                        is1155,
                                        allowAllItems
                                    );
                                    // Manager for configuration.
                                    NFTXVaultUpgradeable(newBeaconProxy).setManager(msg.sender);
                                    // Owner for administrative functions.
                                    NFTXVaultUpgradeable(newBeaconProxy).transferOwnership(owner());
                                    return newBeaconProxy;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./util/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./util/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./util/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXVault.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXEligibilityManager.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXFeeDistributor.sol";
                            import {IERC1271} from "./interface/IERC1271.sol";
                            import {SignatureChecker} from "./util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                            // Authors: @apoorvlathey, @0xKiwi_ and @alexgausman.
                            contract NFTXVaultUpgradeable is
                                OwnableUpgradeable,
                                ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable,
                                ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
                                ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable,
                                ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable,
                                INFTXVault,
                                IERC1271
                            {
                                using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.UintSet;
                                uint256 constant base = 10 ** 18;
                                uint256 public override vaultId;
                                address public override manager;
                                address public override assetAddress;
                                INFTXVaultFactory public override vaultFactory;
                                INFTXEligibility public override eligibilityStorage;
                                uint256 randNonce;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE1;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE2;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE3;
                                bool public override is1155;
                                bool public override allowAllItems;
                                bool public override enableMint;
                                bool public override enableRandomRedeem;
                                bool public override enableTargetRedeem;
                                EnumerableSetUpgradeable.UintSet holdings;
                                mapping(uint256 => uint256) quantity1155;
                                bool public override enableRandomSwap;
                                bool public override enableTargetSwap;
                                event VaultShutdown(
                                    address assetAddress,
                                    uint256 numItems,
                                    address recipient
                                );
                                event MetaDataChange(
                                    string oldName,
                                    string oldSymbol,
                                    string newName,
                                    string newSymbol
                                );
                                function __NFTXVault_init(
                                    string memory _name,
                                    string memory _symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool _is1155,
                                    bool _allowAllItems
                                ) public virtual override initializer {
                                    __Ownable_init();
                                    __ERC20_init(_name, _symbol);
                                    require(_assetAddress != address(0), "Asset != address(0)");
                                    assetAddress = _assetAddress;
                                    vaultFactory = INFTXVaultFactory(msg.sender);
                                    vaultId = vaultFactory.numVaults();
                                    is1155 = _is1155;
                                    allowAllItems = _allowAllItems;
                                    emit VaultInit(vaultId, _assetAddress, _is1155, _allowAllItems);
                                    setVaultFeatures(
                                        true /*enableMint*/,
                                        true /*enableRandomRedeem*/,
                                        true /*enableTargetRedeem*/,
                                        true /*enableRandomSwap*/,
                                        true /*enableTargetSwap*/
                                    );
                                }
                                function finalizeVault() external virtual override {
                                    setManager(address(0));
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function setVaultMetadata(
                                    string calldata name_,
                                    string calldata symbol_
                                ) external virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    emit MetaDataChange(name(), symbol(), name_, symbol_);
                                    _setMetadata(name_, symbol_);
                                }
                                function setVaultFeatures(
                                    bool _enableMint,
                                    bool _enableRandomRedeem,
                                    bool _enableTargetRedeem,
                                    bool _enableRandomSwap,
                                    bool _enableTargetSwap
                                ) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    enableMint = _enableMint;
                                    enableRandomRedeem = _enableRandomRedeem;
                                    enableTargetRedeem = _enableTargetRedeem;
                                    enableRandomSwap = _enableRandomSwap;
                                    enableTargetSwap = _enableTargetSwap;
                                    emit EnableMintUpdated(_enableMint);
                                    emit EnableRandomRedeemUpdated(_enableRandomRedeem);
                                    emit EnableTargetRedeemUpdated(_enableTargetRedeem);
                                    emit EnableRandomSwapUpdated(_enableRandomSwap);
                                    emit EnableTargetSwapUpdated(_enableTargetSwap);
                                }
                                function setFees(
                                    uint256 _mintFee,
                                    uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 _targetSwapFee
                                ) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    vaultFactory.setVaultFees(
                                        vaultId,
                                        _mintFee,
                                        _randomRedeemFee,
                                        _targetRedeemFee,
                                        _randomSwapFee,
                                        _targetSwapFee
                                    );
                                }
                                function disableVaultFees() public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    vaultFactory.disableVaultFees(vaultId);
                                }
                                // This function allows for an easy setup of any eligibility module contract from the EligibilityManager.
                                // It takes in ABI encoded parameters for the desired module. This is to make sure they can all follow
                                // a similar interface.
                                function deployEligibilityStorage(
                                    uint256 moduleIndex,
                                    bytes calldata initData
                                ) external virtual override returns (address) {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    require(
                                        address(eligibilityStorage) == address(0),
                                        "NFTXVault: eligibility already set"
                                    );
                                    INFTXEligibilityManager eligManager = INFTXEligibilityManager(
                                        vaultFactory.eligibilityManager()
                                    );
                                    address _eligibility = eligManager.deployEligibility(
                                        moduleIndex,
                                        initData
                                    );
                                    eligibilityStorage = INFTXEligibility(_eligibility);
                                    // Toggle this to let the contract know to check eligibility now.
                                    allowAllItems = false;
                                    emit EligibilityDeployed(moduleIndex, _eligibility);
                                    return _eligibility;
                                }
                                // // This function allows for the manager to set their own arbitrary eligibility contract.
                                // // Once eligiblity is set, it cannot be unset or changed.
                                // Disabled for launch.
                                // function setEligibilityStorage(address _newEligibility) public virtual {
                                //     onlyPrivileged();
                                //     require(
                                //         address(eligibilityStorage) == address(0),
                                //         "NFTXVault: eligibility already set"
                                //     );
                                //     eligibilityStorage = INFTXEligibility(_newEligibility);
                                //     // Toggle this to let the contract know to check eligibility now.
                                //     allowAllItems = false;
                                //     emit CustomEligibilityDeployed(address(_newEligibility));
                                // }
                                // The manager has control over options like fees and features
                                function setManager(address _manager) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    manager = _manager;
                                    emit ManagerSet(_manager);
                                }
                                function mint(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return mintTo(tokenIds, amounts, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function mintTo(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(1);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    require(enableMint, "Minting not enabled");
                                    // Take the NFTs.
                                    uint256 count = receiveNFTs(tokenIds, amounts);
                                    // Mint to the user.
                                    _mint(to, base * count);
                                    uint256 totalFee = mintFee() * count;
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(to, totalFee);
                                    emit Minted(tokenIds, amounts, to);
                                    return count;
                                }
                                function redeem(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    return redeemTo(amount, specificIds, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function redeemTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(2);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    require(
                                        amount == specificIds.length || enableRandomRedeem,
                                        "NFTXVault: Random redeem not enabled"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        specificIds.length == 0 || enableTargetRedeem,
                                        "NFTXVault: Target redeem not enabled"
                                    );
                                    // We burn all from sender and mint to fee receiver to reduce costs.
                                    _burn(msg.sender, base * amount);
                                    // Pay the tokens + toll.
                                    (
                                        ,
                                        uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                        uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                        ,
                                    ) = vaultFees();
                                    uint256 totalFee = (_targetRedeemFee * specificIds.length) +
                                        (_randomRedeemFee * (amount - specificIds.length));
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(msg.sender, totalFee);
                                    // Withdraw from vault.
                                    uint256[] memory redeemedIds = withdrawNFTsTo(amount, specificIds, to);
                                    emit Redeemed(redeemedIds, specificIds, to);
                                    return redeemedIds;
                                }
                                function swap(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    return swapTo(tokenIds, amounts, specificIds, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function swapTo(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(3);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    uint256 count;
                                    if (is1155) {
                                        for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                                            require(amount != 0, "NFTXVault: transferring < 1");
                                            count += amount;
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        count = tokenIds.length;
                                    }
                                    require(
                                        count == specificIds.length || enableRandomSwap,
                                        "NFTXVault: Random swap disabled"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        specificIds.length == 0 || enableTargetSwap,
                                        "NFTXVault: Target swap disabled"
                                    );
                                    (, , , uint256 _randomSwapFee, uint256 _targetSwapFee) = vaultFees();
                                    uint256 totalFee = (_targetSwapFee * specificIds.length) +
                                        (_randomSwapFee * (count - specificIds.length));
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(msg.sender, totalFee);
                                    // Give the NFTs first, so the user wont get the same thing back, just to be nice.
                                    uint256[] memory ids = withdrawNFTsTo(count, specificIds, to);
                                    receiveNFTs(tokenIds, amounts);
                                    emit Swapped(tokenIds, amounts, specificIds, ids, to);
                                    return ids;
                                }
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes memory data
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(4);
                                    return super.flashLoan(receiver, token, amount, data);
                                }
                                function mintFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (uint256 _mintFee, , , , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _mintFee;
                                }
                                function randomRedeemFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, uint256 _randomRedeemFee, , , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _randomRedeemFee;
                                }
                                function targetRedeemFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , uint256 _targetRedeemFee, , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _targetRedeemFee;
                                }
                                function randomSwapFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , , uint256 _randomSwapFee, ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _randomSwapFee;
                                }
                                function targetSwapFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , , , uint256 _targetSwapFee) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _targetSwapFee;
                                }
                                function vaultFees()
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256, uint256, uint256, uint256, uint256)
                                {
                                    return vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                }
                                function allValidNFTs(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds
                                ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    if (allowAllItems) {
                                        return true;
                                    }
                                    INFTXEligibility _eligibilityStorage = eligibilityStorage;
                                    if (address(_eligibilityStorage) == address(0)) {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                    return _eligibilityStorage.checkAllEligible(tokenIds);
                                }
                                function nftIdAt(
                                    uint256 holdingsIndex
                                ) external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return holdings.at(holdingsIndex);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function allHoldings()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256[] memory)
                                {
                                    uint256 len = holdings.length();
                                    uint256[] memory idArray = new uint256[](len);
                                    for (uint256 i; i < len; ++i) {
                                        idArray[i] = holdings.at(i);
                                    }
                                    return idArray;
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function totalHoldings() external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return holdings.length();
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function version() external pure returns (string memory) {
                                    return "v1.0.6";
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                function isValidSignature(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external view override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                                    bool isValid = SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                        vaultFactory.erc1272Signer(),
                                        hash,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    magicValue = isValid
                                        ? IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector
                                        : bytes4(0xffffffff);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                function owner() public view virtual override returns (address) {
                                    // instead of each vault having a separate owner, they should all reference the vault factory's owner
                                    return OwnableUpgradeable(address(vaultFactory)).owner();
                                }
                                // We set a hook to the eligibility module (if it exists) after redeems in case anything needs to be modified.
                                function afterRedeemHook(uint256[] memory tokenIds) internal virtual {
                                    INFTXEligibility _eligibilityStorage = eligibilityStorage;
                                    if (address(_eligibilityStorage) == address(0)) {
                                        return;
                                    }
                                    _eligibilityStorage.afterRedeemHook(tokenIds);
                                }
                                function receiveNFTs(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts
                                ) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
                                    require(allValidNFTs(tokenIds), "NFTXVault: not eligible");
                                    uint256 length = tokenIds.length;
                                    if (is1155) {
                                        // This is technically a check, so placing it before the effect.
                                        IERC1155Upgradeable(assetAddress).safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                            msg.sender,
                                            address(this),
                                            tokenIds,
                                            amounts,
                                            ""
                                        );
                                        uint256 count;
                                        for (uint256 i; i < length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
                                            uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                                            require(amount != 0, "NFTXVault: transferring < 1");
                                            if (quantity1155[tokenId] == 0) {
                                                holdings.add(tokenId);
                                            }
                                            quantity1155[tokenId] += amount;
                                            count += amount;
                                        }
                                        return count;
                                    } else {
                                        address _assetAddress = assetAddress;
                                        for (uint256 i; i < length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
                                            // We may already own the NFT here so we check in order:
                                            // Does the vault own it?
                                            //   - If so, check if its in holdings list
                                            //      - If so, we reject. This means the NFT has already been claimed for.
                                            //      - If not, it means we have not yet accounted for this NFT, so we continue.
                                            //   -If not, we "pull" it from the msg.sender and add to holdings.
                                            transferFromERC721(_assetAddress, tokenId);
                                            holdings.add(tokenId);
                                        }
                                        return length;
                                    }
                                }
                                function withdrawNFTsTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) internal virtual returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    bool _is1155 = is1155;
                                    address _assetAddress = assetAddress;
                                    uint256[] memory redeemedIds = new uint256[](amount);
                                    uint256 specificLength = specificIds.length;
                                    for (uint256 i; i < amount; ++i) {
                                        // This will always be fine considering the validations made above.
                                        uint256 tokenId = i < specificLength
                                            ? specificIds[i]
                                            : getRandomTokenIdFromVault();
                                        redeemedIds[i] = tokenId;
                                        if (_is1155) {
                                            quantity1155[tokenId] -= 1;
                                            if (quantity1155[tokenId] == 0) {
                                                holdings.remove(tokenId);
                                            }
                                            IERC1155Upgradeable(_assetAddress).safeTransferFrom(
                                                address(this),
                                                to,
                                                tokenId,
                                                1,
                                                ""
                                            );
                                        } else {
                                            holdings.remove(tokenId);
                                            transferERC721(_assetAddress, to, tokenId);
                                        }
                                    }
                                    afterRedeemHook(redeemedIds);
                                    return redeemedIds;
                                }
                                function _chargeAndDistributeFees(
                                    address user,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    // Do not charge fees if the zap contract is calling
                                    // Added in v1.0.3. Changed to mapping in v1.0.5.
                                    INFTXVaultFactory _vaultFactory = vaultFactory;
                                    if (_vaultFactory.excludedFromFees(msg.sender)) {
                                        return;
                                    }
                                    // Mint fees directly to the distributor and distribute.
                                    if (amount > 0) {
                                        address feeDistributor = _vaultFactory.feeDistributor();
                                        // Changed to a _transfer() in v1.0.3.
                                        _transfer(user, feeDistributor, amount);
                                        INFTXFeeDistributor(feeDistributor).distribute(vaultId);
                                    }
                                }
                                function transferERC721(
                                    address assetAddr,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    address kitties = 0x06012c8cf97BEaD5deAe237070F9587f8E7A266d;
                                    address punks = 0xb47e3cd837dDF8e4c57F05d70Ab865de6e193BBB;
                                    bytes memory data;
                                    if (assetAddr == kitties) {
                                        // Changed in v1.0.4.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transfer(address,uint256)",
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else if (assetAddr == punks) {
                                        // CryptoPunks.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transferPunk(address,uint256)",
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else {
                                        // Default.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                            address(this),
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    }
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returnData) = address(assetAddr).call(data);
                                    require(success, string(returnData));
                                }
                                function transferFromERC721(
                                    address assetAddr,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    address kitties = 0x06012c8cf97BEaD5deAe237070F9587f8E7A266d;
                                    address punks = 0xb47e3cd837dDF8e4c57F05d70Ab865de6e193BBB;
                                    bytes memory data;
                                    if (assetAddr == kitties) {
                                        // Cryptokitties.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                            msg.sender,
                                            address(this),
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else if (assetAddr == punks) {
                                        // CryptoPunks.
                                        // Fix here for frontrun attack. Added in v1.0.2.
                                        bytes memory punkIndexToAddress = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "punkIndexToAddress(uint256)",
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                        (bool checkSuccess, bytes memory result) = address(assetAddr)
                                            .staticcall(punkIndexToAddress);
                                        address nftOwner = abi.decode(result, (address));
                                        require(
                                            checkSuccess && nftOwner == msg.sender,
                                            "Not the NFT owner"
                                        );
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature("buyPunk(uint256)", tokenId);
                                    } else {
                                        // Default.
                                        // Allow other contracts to "push" into the vault, safely.
                                        // If we already have the token requested, make sure we don't have it in the list to prevent duplicate minting.
                                        if (
                                            IERC721Upgradeable(assetAddress).ownerOf(tokenId) ==
                                            address(this)
                                        ) {
                                            require(
                                                !holdings.contains(tokenId),
                                                "Trying to use an owned NFT"
                                            );
                                            return;
                                        } else {
                                            data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                                "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                                msg.sender,
                                                address(this),
                                                tokenId
                                            );
                                        }
                                    }
                                    (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = address(assetAddr).call(data);
                                    require(success, string(resultData));
                                }
                                function getRandomTokenIdFromVault() internal virtual returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 randomIndex = uint256(
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encodePacked(
                                                blockhash(block.number - 1),
                                                randNonce,
                                                block.coinbase,
                                                block.difficulty,
                                                block.timestamp
                                            )
                                        )
                                    ) % holdings.length();
                                    ++randNonce;
                                    return holdings.at(randomIndex);
                                }
                                function onlyPrivileged() internal view {
                                    if (manager == address(0)) {
                                        require(msg.sender == owner(), "Not owner");
                                    } else {
                                        require(msg.sender == manager, "Not manager");
                                    }
                                }
                                function onlyOwnerIfPaused(uint256 lockId) internal view {
                                    require(
                                        !vaultFactory.isLocked(lockId) || msg.sender == owner(),
                                        "Paused"
                                    );
                                }
                                function checkAddressOnDenyList(address caller) internal pure {
                                    require(
                                        caller != 0xbbc53022Af15Bb973AD906577c84784c47C14371,
                                        "Caller is blocked"
                                    );
                                }
                                function retrieveTokens(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    address from,
                                    address to
                                ) public onlyOwner {
                                    _burn(from, amount);
                                    _mint(to, amount);
                                }
                                function shutdown(address recipient) public onlyOwner {
                                    uint256 numItems = totalSupply() / base;
                                    require(numItems < 4, "too many items");
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds = new uint256[](0);
                                    withdrawNFTsTo(numItems, specificIds, recipient);
                                    emit VaultShutdown(assetAddress, numItems, recipient);
                                    assetAddress = address(0);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                /**
                                 * @notice NOTE: Extreme caution when calling this function! Allows the DAO to call arbitrary contract. Use case: to claim airdrops on behalf of the vault.
                                 */
                                function executeOnBehalfOfVault(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external payable onlyOwner {
                                    // restricting to prevent NFT transfers out of this vault or from users that have given approval to this contract.
                                    require(target != assetAddress, "!assetAddress");
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returnData) = target.call{value: msg.value}(
                                        data
                                    );
                                    require(success, string(returnData));
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC-1271 standard signature validation method for
                             * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
                             */
                            interface IERC1271 {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
                                 * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
                                 * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
                                 */
                                function isValidSignature(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
                             *
                             * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
                             * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
                             *
                             * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
                             */
                            interface IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
                                 * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
                                 * to learn more about how these ids are created.
                                 *
                                 * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashBorrower, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             */
                            interface IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Receive a flash loan.
                                 * @param initiator The initiator of the loan.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @param fee The additional amount of tokens to repay.
                                 * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
                                 * @return The keccak256 hash of "ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan"
                                 */
                                function onFlashLoan(
                                    address initiator,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256 fee,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes32);
                            }
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashLender, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             */
                            interface IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev The amount of currency available to be lended.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @return The amount of `token` that can be borrowed.
                                 */
                                function maxFlashLoan(address token) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev The fee to be charged for a given loan.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @return The amount of `token` to be charged for the loan, on top of the returned principal.
                                 */
                                function flashFee(address token, uint256 amount)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initiate a flash loan.
                                 * @param receiver The receiver of the tokens in the loan, and the receiver of the callback.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
                                 */
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXEligibility {
                                // Read functions.
                                function name() external pure returns (string memory);
                                function finalized() external view returns (bool);
                                function targetAsset() external pure returns (address);
                                function checkAllEligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                function checkEligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool[] memory);
                                function checkAllIneligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                function checkIsEligible(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (bool);
                                // Write functions.
                                function __NFTXEligibility_init_bytes(bytes calldata configData) external;
                                function beforeMintHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function afterMintHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function beforeRedeemHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function afterRedeemHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXEligibilityManager {
                                function nftxVaultFactory() external returns (address);
                                function eligibilityImpl() external returns (address);
                                function deployEligibility(uint256 vaultId, bytes calldata initData)
                                    external
                                    returns (address);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXFeeDistributor {
                                struct FeeReceiver {
                                    uint256 allocPoint;
                                    address receiver;
                                    bool isContract;
                                }
                                function nftxVaultFactory() external returns (address);
                                function lpStaking() external returns (address);
                                function treasury() external returns (address);
                                function defaultTreasuryAlloc() external returns (uint256);
                                function defaultLPAlloc() external returns (uint256);
                                function allocTotal(uint256 vaultId) external returns (uint256);
                                function specificTreasuryAlloc(uint256 vaultId) external returns (uint256);
                                // Write functions.
                                function __FeeDistributor__init__(address _lpStaking, address _treasury)
                                    external;
                                function rescueTokens(address token) external;
                                function distribute(uint256 vaultId) external;
                                function addReceiver(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _allocPoint,
                                    address _receiver,
                                    bool _isContract
                                ) external;
                                function initializeVaultReceivers(uint256 _vaultId) external;
                                function changeMultipleReceiverAlloc(
                                    uint256[] memory _vaultIds,
                                    uint256[] memory _receiverIdxs,
                                    uint256[] memory allocPoints
                                ) external;
                                function changeMultipleReceiverAddress(
                                    uint256[] memory _vaultIds,
                                    uint256[] memory _receiverIdxs,
                                    address[] memory addresses,
                                    bool[] memory isContracts
                                ) external;
                                function changeReceiverAlloc(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _idx,
                                    uint256 _allocPoint
                                ) external;
                                function changeReceiverAddress(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _idx,
                                    address _address,
                                    bool _isContract
                                ) external;
                                function removeReceiver(uint256 _vaultId, uint256 _receiverIdx) external;
                                // Configuration functions.
                                function setTreasuryAddress(address _treasury) external;
                                function setDefaultTreasuryAlloc(uint256 _allocPoint) external;
                                function setSpecificTreasuryAlloc(uint256 _vaultId, uint256 _allocPoint)
                                    external;
                                function setLPStakingAddress(address _lpStaking) external;
                                function setNFTXVaultFactory(address _factory) external;
                                function setDefaultLPAlloc(uint256 _allocPoint) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../token/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./INFTXVaultFactory.sol";
                            import "./INFTXEligibility.sol";
                            interface INFTXVault is IERC20Upgradeable {
                                function manager() external view returns (address);
                                function assetAddress() external view returns (address);
                                function vaultFactory() external view returns (INFTXVaultFactory);
                                function eligibilityStorage() external view returns (INFTXEligibility);
                                function is1155() external view returns (bool);
                                function allowAllItems() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableMint() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableRandomRedeem() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableTargetRedeem() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableRandomSwap() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableTargetSwap() external view returns (bool);
                                function vaultId() external view returns (uint256);
                                function nftIdAt(uint256 holdingsIndex) external view returns (uint256);
                                function allHoldings() external view returns (uint256[] memory);
                                function totalHoldings() external view returns (uint256);
                                function mintFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function randomRedeemFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function targetRedeemFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function randomSwapFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function targetSwapFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function vaultFees()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256
                                    );
                                event VaultInit(
                                    uint256 indexed vaultId,
                                    address assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                );
                                event ManagerSet(address manager);
                                event EligibilityDeployed(uint256 moduleIndex, address eligibilityAddr);
                                // event CustomEligibilityDeployed(address eligibilityAddr);
                                event EnableMintUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableRandomRedeemUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableTargetRedeemUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableRandomSwapUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableTargetSwapUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event Minted(uint256[] nftIds, uint256[] amounts, address to);
                                event Redeemed(uint256[] nftIds, uint256[] specificIds, address to);
                                event Swapped(
                                    uint256[] nftIds,
                                    uint256[] amounts,
                                    uint256[] specificIds,
                                    uint256[] redeemedIds,
                                    address to
                                );
                                function __NFTXVault_init(
                                    string calldata _name,
                                    string calldata _symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool _is1155,
                                    bool _allowAllItems
                                ) external;
                                function finalizeVault() external;
                                function setVaultMetadata(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    external;
                                function setVaultFeatures(
                                    bool _enableMint,
                                    bool _enableRandomRedeem,
                                    bool _enableTargetRedeem,
                                    bool _enableRandomSwap,
                                    bool _enableTargetSwap
                                ) external;
                                function setFees(
                                    uint256 _mintFee,
                                    uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 _targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function disableVaultFees() external;
                                // This function allows for an easy setup of any eligibility module contract from the EligibilityManager.
                                // It takes in ABI encoded parameters for the desired module. This is to make sure they can all follow
                                // a similar interface.
                                function deployEligibilityStorage(
                                    uint256 moduleIndex,
                                    bytes calldata initData
                                ) external returns (address);
                                // The manager has control over options like fees and features
                                function setManager(address _manager) external;
                                function mint(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function mintTo(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function redeem(uint256 amount, uint256[] calldata specificIds)
                                    external
                                    returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function redeemTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function swap(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function swapTo(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function allValidNFTs(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/IBeacon.sol";
                            interface INFTXVaultFactory is IBeacon {
                                // Read functions.
                                function numVaults() external view returns (uint256);
                                function zapContract() external view returns (address);
                                function zapContracts(address addr) external view returns (bool);
                                function erc1272Signer() external view returns (address);
                                function feeDistributor() external view returns (address);
                                function eligibilityManager() external view returns (address);
                                function vault(uint256 vaultId) external view returns (address);
                                function allVaults() external view returns (address[] memory);
                                function vaultsForAsset(address asset)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (address[] memory);
                                function isLocked(uint256 id) external view returns (bool);
                                function excludedFromFees(address addr) external view returns (bool);
                                function factoryMintFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryRandomRedeemFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryTargetRedeemFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryRandomSwapFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryTargetSwapFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function vaultFees(uint256 vaultId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256
                                    );
                                event NewFeeDistributor(address oldDistributor, address newDistributor);
                                event NewZapContract(address oldZap, address newZap);
                                event UpdatedZapContract(address zap, bool excluded);
                                event FeeExclusion(address feeExcluded, bool excluded);
                                event NewEligibilityManager(address oldEligManager, address newEligManager);
                                event NewVault(
                                    uint256 indexed vaultId,
                                    address vaultAddress,
                                    address assetAddress
                                );
                                event UpdateVaultFees(
                                    uint256 vaultId,
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                );
                                event DisableVaultFees(uint256 vaultId);
                                event UpdateFactoryFees(
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                );
                                // Write functions.
                                function __NFTXVaultFactory_init(
                                    address _vaultImpl,
                                    address _feeDistributor
                                ) external;
                                function createVault(
                                    string calldata name,
                                    string calldata symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function setFeeDistributor(address _feeDistributor) external;
                                function setEligibilityManager(address _eligibilityManager) external;
                                function setZapContract(address _zapContract, bool _excluded) external;
                                function setFeeExclusion(address _excludedAddr, bool excluded) external;
                                function setFactoryFees(
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function setVaultFees(
                                    uint256 vaultId,
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function disableVaultFees(uint256 vaultId) external;
                                function setERC1271Signer(address _erc1271Signer) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./Proxy.sol";
                            import "./IBeacon.sol";
                            import "../util/Address.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from a {UpgradeableBeacon}.
                             *
                             * The beacon address is stored in storage slot `uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1`, so that it doesn't
                             * conflict with the storage layout of the implementation behind the proxy.
                             *
                             * _Available since v3.4._
                             */
                            contract BeaconProxy is Proxy {
                                /**
                                 * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
                                 * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
                                 */
                                bytes32 private constant _BEACON_SLOT =
                                    0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
                                 *
                                 * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
                                 * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
                                 * constructor.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
                                 */
                                constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
                                    assert(
                                        _BEACON_SLOT ==
                                            bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.beacon")) - 1)
                                    );
                                    _setBeacon(beacon, data);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current beacon address.
                                 */
                                function _beacon() internal view virtual returns (address beacon) {
                                    bytes32 slot = _BEACON_SLOT;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        beacon := sload(slot)
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
                                 */
                                function _implementation()
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    return IBeacon(_beacon()).childImplementation();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Changes the proxy to use a new beacon.
                                 *
                                 * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `beacon` must be a contract.
                                 * - The implementation returned by `beacon` must be a contract.
                                 */
                                function _setBeacon(address beacon, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
                                    require(
                                        Address.isContract(beacon),
                                        "BeaconProxy: beacon is not a contract"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        Address.isContract(IBeacon(beacon).childImplementation()),
                                        "BeaconProxy: beacon implementation is not a contract"
                                    );
                                    bytes32 slot = _BEACON_SLOT;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        sstore(slot, beacon)
                                    }
                                    if (data.length > 0) {
                                        Address.functionDelegateCall(
                                            _implementation(),
                                            data,
                                            "BeaconProxy: function call failed"
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
                             */
                            interface IBeacon {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
                                 *
                                 * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
                                 */
                                function childImplementation() external view returns (address);
                                function implementation() external view returns (address);
                                function upgradeChildTo(address newImplementation) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // solhint-disable-next-line compiler-version
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
                             * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
                             * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
                             * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
                             *
                             * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
                             * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                             *
                             * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
                             * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
                             */
                            abstract contract Initializable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initialized;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initializing;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
                                 */
                                modifier initializer() {
                                    require(
                                        _initializing || !_initialized,
                                        "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
                                    );
                                    bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = true;
                                        _initialized = true;
                                    }
                                    _;
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = false;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
                             * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
                             * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
                             *
                             * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
                             * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
                             *
                             * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
                             */
                            abstract contract Proxy {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
                                 *
                                 * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                                 */
                                function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                        // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                        // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                        calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
                                        // Call the implementation.
                                        // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                        let result := delegatecall(
                                            gas(),
                                            implementation,
                                            0,
                                            calldatasize(),
                                            0,
                                            0
                                        )
                                        // Copy the returned data.
                                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                        switch result
                                        // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                        case 0 {
                                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                                        }
                                        default {
                                            return(0, returndatasize())
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
                                 * and {_fallback} should delegate.
                                 */
                                function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
                                 *
                                 * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                                 */
                                function _fallback() internal virtual {
                                    _beforeFallback();
                                    _delegate(_implementation());
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
                                 * function in the contract matches the call data.
                                 */
                                fallback() external payable virtual {
                                    _fallback();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
                                 * is empty.
                                 */
                                receive() external payable virtual {
                                    _fallback();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
                                 * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
                                 *
                                 * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
                                 */
                                function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IBeacon.sol";
                            import "../util/Address.sol";
                            import "../util/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This contract is used in conjunction with one or more instances of {BeaconProxy} to determine their
                             * implementation contract, which is where they will delegate all function calls.
                             *
                             * An owner is able to change the implementation the beacon points to, thus upgrading the proxies that use this beacon.
                             */
                            contract UpgradeableBeacon is IBeacon, OwnableUpgradeable {
                                address private _childImplementation;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the child implementation returned by the beacon is changed.
                                 */
                                event Upgraded(address indexed childImplementation);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets the address of the initial implementation, and the deployer account as the owner who can upgrade the
                                 * beacon.
                                 */
                                function __UpgradeableBeacon__init(address childImplementation_)
                                    public
                                    initializer
                                {
                                    _setChildImplementation(childImplementation_);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the current child implementation address.
                                 */
                                function childImplementation()
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    return _childImplementation;
                                }
                                function implementation() public view virtual override returns (address) {
                                    return _childImplementation;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Upgrades the beacon to a new implementation.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - msg.sender must be the owner of the contract.
                                 * - `newChildImplementation` must be a contract.
                                 */
                                function upgradeChildTo(address newChildImplementation)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    _setChildImplementation(newChildImplementation);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets the implementation contract address for this beacon
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `newChildImplementation` must be a contract.
                                 */
                                function _setChildImplementation(address newChildImplementation) private {
                                    require(
                                        Address.isContract(newChildImplementation),
                                        "UpgradeableBeacon: child implementation is not a contract"
                                    );
                                    _childImplementation = newChildImplementation;
                                    emit Upgraded(newChildImplementation);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../util/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is
                                ERC165Upgradeable,
                                IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable
                            {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return
                                        interfaceId == type(IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                                        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable is ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                function onERC1155Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256,
                                    uint256,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
                                }
                                function onERC1155BatchReceived(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256[] memory,
                                    uint256[] memory,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "../interface/IERC3156Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the ERC3156 Flash loans extension, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             *
                             * Adds the {flashLoan} method, which provides flash loan support at the token
                             * level. By default there is no fee, but this can be changed by overriding {flashFee}.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable is
                                Initializable,
                                ERC20Upgradeable,
                                IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable
                            {
                                function __ERC20FlashMint_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __ERC20FlashMint_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __ERC20FlashMint_init_unchained() internal initializer {}
                                bytes32 private constant RETURN_VALUE =
                                    keccak256("ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan");
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the maximum amount of tokens available for loan.
                                 * @param token The address of the token that is requested.
                                 * @return The amont of token that can be loaned.
                                 */
                                function maxFlashLoan(address token)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return token == address(this) ? type(uint256).max - totalSupply() : 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the fee applied when doing flash loans. By default this
                                 * implementation has 0 fees. This function can be overloaded to make
                                 * the flash loan mechanism deflationary.
                                 * @param token The token to be flash loaned.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens to be loaned.
                                 * @return The fees applied to the corresponding flash loan.
                                 */
                                function flashFee(address token, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    require(token == address(this), "ERC20FlashMint: wrong token");
                                    // silence warning about unused variable without the addition of bytecode.
                                    amount;
                                    return 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a flash loan. New tokens are minted and sent to the
                                 * `receiver`, who is required to implement the {IERC3156FlashBorrower}
                                 * interface. By the end of the flash loan, the receiver is expected to own
                                 * amount + fee tokens and have them approved back to the token contract itself so
                                 * they can be burned.
                                 * @param receiver The receiver of the flash loan. Should implement the
                                 * {IERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan} interface.
                                 * @param token The token to be flash loaned. Only `address(this)` is
                                 * supported.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens to be loaned.
                                 * @param data An arbitrary datafield that is passed to the receiver.
                                 * @return `true` is the flash loan was successfull.
                                 */
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes memory data
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    uint256 fee = flashFee(token, amount);
                                    _mint(address(receiver), amount);
                                    require(
                                        receiver.onFlashLoan(msg.sender, token, amount, fee, data) ==
                                            RETURN_VALUE,
                                        "ERC20FlashMint: invalid return value"
                                    );
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(address(receiver), address(this));
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= amount + fee,
                                        "ERC20FlashMint: allowance does not allow refund"
                                    );
                                    _approve(
                                        address(receiver),
                                        address(this),
                                        currentAllowance - amount - fee
                                    );
                                    _burn(address(receiver), amount + fee);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "../util/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC20Metadata.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
                             *
                             * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
                             * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
                             * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
                             *
                             * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
                             * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
                             * to implement supply mechanisms].
                             *
                             * We have followed general OpenZeppelin guidelines: functions revert instead
                             * of returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless conventional
                             * and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20 applications.
                             *
                             * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
                             * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
                             * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
                             * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
                             *
                             * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
                             * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
                             * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
                             */
                            contract ERC20Upgradeable is
                                Initializable,
                                ContextUpgradeable,
                                IERC20Upgradeable,
                                IERC20Metadata
                            {
                                mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
                                mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;
                                uint256 private _totalSupply;
                                string private _name;
                                string private _symbol;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
                                 *
                                 * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
                                 * {decimals} you should overload it.
                                 *
                                 * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
                                 * construction.
                                 */
                                function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    internal
                                    initializer
                                {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
                                }
                                function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    internal
                                    initializer
                                {
                                    _name = name_;
                                    _symbol = symbol_;
                                }
                                function _setMetadata(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal {
                                    _name = name_;
                                    _symbol = symbol_;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                                 */
                                function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                    return _name;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
                                 * name.
                                 */
                                function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                    return _symbol;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
                                 * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
                                 * be displayed to a user as `5,05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
                                 *
                                 * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
                                 * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
                                 * overridden;
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
                                 * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
                                 * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
                                 */
                                function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
                                    return 18;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return _totalSupply;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return _balances[account];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _transfer(_msgSender(), recipient, amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return _allowances[owner][spender];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(_msgSender(), spender, amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
                                 * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``'s tokens of at least
                                 * `amount`.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[sender][_msgSender()];
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= amount,
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance"
                                    );
                                    _approve(sender, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                                 * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(
                                        _msgSender(),
                                        spender,
                                        _allowances[_msgSender()][spender] + addedValue
                                    );
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                                 * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
                                 * `subtractedValue`.
                                 */
                                function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[_msgSender()][spender];
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= subtractedValue,
                                        "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero"
                                    );
                                    _approve(_msgSender(), spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves tokens `amount` from `sender` to `recipient`.
                                 *
                                 * This is internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
                                 * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 */
                                function _transfer(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    require(sender != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                                    require(recipient != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                    uint256 senderBalance = _balances[sender];
                                    require(
                                        senderBalance >= amount,
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance"
                                    );
                                    _balances[sender] = senderBalance - amount;
                                    _balances[recipient] += amount;
                                    emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                }
                                /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
                                 * the total supply.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                    require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                    _totalSupply += amount;
                                    _balances[account] += amount;
                                    emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
                                 * total supply.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
                                 */
                                function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                    require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                    uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
                                    require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
                                    _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
                                    _totalSupply -= amount;
                                    emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
                                 *
                                 * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
                                 * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function _approve(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                                    require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                                    _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
                                    emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
                                 * minting and burning.
                                 *
                                 * Calling conditions:
                                 *
                                 * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                                 * will be to transferred to `to`.
                                 * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
                                 * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
                                 * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                                 *
                                 * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                                 */
                                function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {}
                                uint256[45] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC721Receiver} interface.
                             *
                             * Accepts all token transfers.
                             * Make sure the contract is able to use its token with {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}, {IERC721-approve} or {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
                             */
                            contract ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable is IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}.
                                 *
                                 * Always returns `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
                                 */
                                function onERC721Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC721Received.selector;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                    @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
                                    called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
                                    To accept the transfer, this must return
                                    `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
                                    (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
                                    @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
                                    @param from The address which previously owned the token
                                    @param id The ID of the token being transferred
                                    @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
                                    @param data Additional data with no specified format
                                    @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
                                */
                                function onERC1155Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                                /**
                                    @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
                                    is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
                                    been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
                                    `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
                                    (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
                                    @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
                                    @param from The address which previously owned the token
                                    @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
                                    @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
                                    @param data Additional data with no specified format
                                    @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
                                */
                                function onERC1155BatchReceived(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256[] calldata ids,
                                    uint256[] calldata values,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
                             *
                             * _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC1155Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
                                 */
                                event TransferSingle(
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 value
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
                                 * transfers.
                                 */
                                event TransferBatch(
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256[] ids,
                                    uint256[] values
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
                                 * `approved`.
                                 */
                                event ApprovalForAll(
                                    address indexed account,
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    bool approved
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
                                 *
                                 * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
                                 * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
                                 */
                                event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
                                 */
                                function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256[] memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
                                 */
                                function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
                                 *
                                 * See {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 */
                                function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
                                 * acceptance magic value.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
                                 * acceptance magic value.
                                 */
                                function safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256[] calldata ids,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
                             *
                             * _Available since v4.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                                 */
                                function name() external view returns (string memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                                 */
                                function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
                                 */
                                function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                             */
                            interface IERC20Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                                    external
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                                 * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                                 * zero by default.
                                 *
                                 * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                                 * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                                 * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                                 * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                                 * desired value afterwards:
                                 * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                                 * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                                 * allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                                 * another (`to`).
                                 *
                                 * Note that `value` may be zero.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                                 * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                                 */
                                event Approval(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                );
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
                             * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
                             * from ERC721 asset contracts.
                             */
                            interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
                                 * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
                                 *
                                 * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
                                 * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
                                 *
                                 * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
                                 */
                                function onERC721Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256 tokenId,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
                             */
                            interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256 indexed tokenId
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
                                 */
                                event Approval(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed approved,
                                    uint256 indexed tokenId
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
                                 */
                                event ApprovalForAll(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    bool approved
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 */
                                function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
                                 * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
                                 * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
                                 *
                                 * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 */
                                function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (address operator);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
                                 * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
                                 */
                                function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
                                 *
                                 * See {setApprovalForAll}
                                 */
                                function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                    // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                    // constructor execution.
                                    uint256 size;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        size := extcodesize(account)
                                    }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(
                                        address(this).balance >= amount,
                                        "Address: insufficient balance"
                                    );
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                    require(
                                        success,
                                        "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bytes memory)
                                {
                                    return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return
                                        functionCallWithValue(
                                            target,
                                            data,
                                            value,
                                            "Address: low-level call with value failed"
                                        );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(
                                        address(this).balance >= value,
                                        "Address: insufficient balance for call"
                                    );
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(
                                        data
                                    );
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes memory)
                                {
                                    return
                                        functionStaticCall(
                                            target,
                                            data,
                                            "Address: low-level static call failed"
                                        );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bytes memory)
                                {
                                    return
                                        functionDelegateCall(
                                            target,
                                            data,
                                            "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
                                        );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                function _verifyCallResult(
                                    bool success,
                                    bytes memory returndata,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) private pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                        if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                            assembly {
                                                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            revert(errorMessage);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /*
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
                                function __Context_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __Context_init_unchained() internal initializer {}
                                function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return msg.sender;
                                }
                                function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                    this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
                                    return msg.data;
                                }
                                uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
                             *
                             * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
                             * of the private keys of a given address.
                             */
                            library ECDSA {
                                enum RecoverError {
                                    NoError,
                                    InvalidSignature,
                                    InvalidSignatureLength,
                                    InvalidSignatureS
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature derives the `address(0)`.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature has an invalid length.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256 length);
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature has an S value that is in the upper half order.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(bytes32 s);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with `signature` or an error. This will not
                                 * return address(0) without also returning an error description. Errors are documented using an enum (error type)
                                 * and a bytes32 providing additional information about the error.
                                 *
                                 * If no error is returned, then the address can be used for verification purposes.
                                 *
                                 * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                                 * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                                 * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                                 * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                                 * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                                 * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                                 * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                                 *
                                 * Documentation for signature generation:
                                 * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
                                 * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    if (signature.length == 65) {
                                        bytes32 r;
                                        bytes32 s;
                                        uint8 v;
                                        // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                                        // currently is to use assembly.
                                        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                        assembly {
                                            r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                                            s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                                            v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                                        }
                                        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    } else {
                                        return (
                                            address(0),
                                            RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength,
                                            bytes32(signature.length)
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
                                 * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
                                 *
                                 * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                                 * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                                 * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                                 * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                                 * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                                 * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                                 * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                                 *
                                 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[ERC-2098 short signatures]
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 vs
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    unchecked {
                                        bytes32 s = vs &
                                            bytes32(
                                                0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
                                            );
                                        // We do not check for an overflow here since the shift operation results in 0 or 1.
                                        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
                                        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 vs
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        r,
                                        vs
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
                                 * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                                    // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                                    // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                                    // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                                    //
                                    // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                                    // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                                    // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                                    // these malleable signatures as well.
                                    if (
                                        uint256(s) >
                                        0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0
                                    ) {
                                        return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS, s);
                                    }
                                    // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                                    address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    if (signer == address(0)) {
                                        return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature, bytes32(0));
                                    }
                                    return (signer, RecoverError.NoError, bytes32(0));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
                                 * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        v,
                                        r,
                                        s
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Optionally reverts with the corresponding custom error according to the `error` argument provided.
                                 */
                                function _throwError(RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) private pure {
                                    if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                                        return; // no error: do nothing
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256(errorArg));
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(errorArg);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
                             *
                             * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
                             * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
                             *
                             * ```solidity
                             * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                             *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Library for managing
                             * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
                             * types.
                             *
                             * Sets have the following properties:
                             *
                             * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
                             * (O(1)).
                             * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
                             *
                             * ```
                             * contract Example {
                             *     // Add the library methods
                             *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
                             *
                             *     // Declare a set state variable
                             *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
                             * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
                             */
                            library EnumerableSetUpgradeable {
                                // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
                                // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
                                // bytes32 values.
                                // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
                                // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
                                // underlying Set.
                                // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
                                // in bytes32.
                                struct Set {
                                    // Storage of set values
                                    bytes32[] _values;
                                    // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
                                    // means a value is not in the set.
                                    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                    if (!_contains(set, value)) {
                                        set._values.push(value);
                                        // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
                                        // and use 0 as a sentinel value
                                        set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
                                        return true;
                                    } else {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                    // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
                                    uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
                                    if (valueIndex != 0) {
                                        // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
                                        // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
                                        // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
                                        // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
                                        uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
                                        uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
                                        if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                                            bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                                            // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                                            set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                                            // Update the index for the moved value
                                            set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
                                        }
                                        // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
                                        set._values.pop();
                                        // Delete the index for the deleted slot
                                        delete set._indexes[value];
                                        return true;
                                    } else {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    private
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return set._indexes[value] != 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
                                    return set._values.length;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index)
                                    private
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes32)
                                {
                                    return set._values[index];
                                }
                                // Bytes32Set
                                struct Bytes32Set {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _add(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes32)
                                {
                                    return _at(set._inner, index);
                                }
                                // AddressSet
                                struct AddressSet {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
                                }
                                // UintSet
                                struct UintSet {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
                                    return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "./ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
                                address private _owner;
                                event OwnershipTransferred(
                                    address indexed previousOwner,
                                    address indexed newOwner
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                 */
                                function __Ownable_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __Ownable_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal initializer {
                                    address msgSender = _msgSender();
                                    _owner = msgSender;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(address(0), msgSender);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                 */
                                function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                 * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                 * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                 */
                                function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, address(0));
                                    _owner = address(0);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        newOwner != address(0),
                                        "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                }
                                uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
                            contract PausableUpgradeable is OwnableUpgradeable {
                                function __Pausable_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Ownable_init();
                                }
                                event SetPaused(uint256 lockId, bool paused);
                                event SetIsGuardian(address addr, bool isGuardian);
                                mapping(address => bool) public isGuardian;
                                mapping(uint256 => bool) public isPaused;
                                // 0 : createVault
                                // 1 : mint
                                // 2 : redeem
                                // 3 : swap
                                // 4 : flashloan
                                function onlyOwnerIfPaused(uint256 lockId) public view virtual {
                                    require(!isPaused[lockId] || msg.sender == owner(), "Paused");
                                }
                                function unpause(uint256 lockId) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    isPaused[lockId] = false;
                                    emit SetPaused(lockId, false);
                                }
                                function pause(uint256 lockId) public virtual {
                                    require(isGuardian[msg.sender], "Can't pause");
                                    isPaused[lockId] = true;
                                    emit SetPaused(lockId, true);
                                }
                                function setIsGuardian(address addr, bool _isGuardian)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    onlyOwner
                                {
                                    isGuardian[addr] = _isGuardian;
                                    emit SetIsGuardian(addr, _isGuardian);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
                             *
                             * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
                             * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
                             * (reentrant) calls to them.
                             *
                             * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
                             * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
                             * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
                             * points to them.
                             *
                             * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
                             * to protect against it, check out our blog post
                             * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
                             */
                            abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
                                // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                                // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                                // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                                // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                                // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                                // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                                // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                                // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                                // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                                // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                                uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                                uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                                uint256 private _status;
                                function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal initializer {
                                    __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal initializer {
                                    _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                                 * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                                 * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                                 * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
                                 * `private` function that does the actual work.
                                 */
                                modifier nonReentrant() {
                                    // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                                    require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                                    // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                                    _status = _ENTERED;
                                    _;
                                    // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                                    // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                                    _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                }
                                uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/SignatureChecker.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import {ECDSA} from "./ECDSA.sol";
                            import {IERC1271} from "../interface/IERC1271.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Signature verification helper that can be used instead of `ECDSA.recover` to seamlessly support both ECDSA
                             * signatures from externally owned accounts (EOAs) as well as ERC-1271 signatures from smart contract wallets like
                             * Argent and Safe Wallet (previously Gnosis Safe).
                             */
                            library SignatureChecker {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. If the signer is a smart contract, the
                                 * signature is validated against that smart contract using ERC-1271, otherwise it's validated using `ECDSA.recover`.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                                 * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                                 */
                                function isValidSignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    if (signer.code.length == 0) {
                                        (address recovered, ECDSA.RecoverError err, ) = ECDSA.tryRecover(
                                            hash,
                                            signature
                                        );
                                        return err == ECDSA.RecoverError.NoError && recovered == signer;
                                    } else {
                                        return isValidERC1271SignatureNow(signer, hash, signature);
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. The signature is validated
                                 * against the signer smart contract using ERC-1271.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                                 * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                                 */
                                function isValidERC1271SignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory result) = signer.staticcall(
                                        abi.encodeWithSelector(
                                            IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector,
                                            hash,
                                            signature
                                        )
                                    );
                                    return (success &&
                                        result.length >= 32 &&
                                        abi.decode(result, (bytes32)) ==
                                        bytes32(IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector));
                                }
                            }
                            

                            File 7 of 7: NFTXVaultUpgradeable
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./util/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./util/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./util/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./token/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXVault.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXEligibilityManager.sol";
                            import "./interface/INFTXFeeDistributor.sol";
                            import {IERC1271} from "./interface/IERC1271.sol";
                            import {SignatureChecker} from "./util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                            // Authors: @apoorvlathey, @0xKiwi_ and @alexgausman.
                            contract NFTXVaultUpgradeable is
                                OwnableUpgradeable,
                                ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable,
                                ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
                                ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable,
                                ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable,
                                INFTXVault,
                                IERC1271
                            {
                                using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.UintSet;
                                uint256 constant base = 10 ** 18;
                                uint256 public override vaultId;
                                address public override manager;
                                address public override assetAddress;
                                INFTXVaultFactory public override vaultFactory;
                                INFTXEligibility public override eligibilityStorage;
                                uint256 randNonce;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE1;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE2;
                                uint256 private UNUSED_FEE3;
                                bool public override is1155;
                                bool public override allowAllItems;
                                bool public override enableMint;
                                bool public override enableRandomRedeem;
                                bool public override enableTargetRedeem;
                                EnumerableSetUpgradeable.UintSet holdings;
                                mapping(uint256 => uint256) quantity1155;
                                bool public override enableRandomSwap;
                                bool public override enableTargetSwap;
                                event VaultShutdown(
                                    address assetAddress,
                                    uint256 numItems,
                                    address recipient
                                );
                                event MetaDataChange(
                                    string oldName,
                                    string oldSymbol,
                                    string newName,
                                    string newSymbol
                                );
                                function __NFTXVault_init(
                                    string memory _name,
                                    string memory _symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool _is1155,
                                    bool _allowAllItems
                                ) public virtual override initializer {
                                    __Ownable_init();
                                    __ERC20_init(_name, _symbol);
                                    require(_assetAddress != address(0), "Asset != address(0)");
                                    assetAddress = _assetAddress;
                                    vaultFactory = INFTXVaultFactory(msg.sender);
                                    vaultId = vaultFactory.numVaults();
                                    is1155 = _is1155;
                                    allowAllItems = _allowAllItems;
                                    emit VaultInit(vaultId, _assetAddress, _is1155, _allowAllItems);
                                    setVaultFeatures(
                                        true /*enableMint*/,
                                        true /*enableRandomRedeem*/,
                                        true /*enableTargetRedeem*/,
                                        true /*enableRandomSwap*/,
                                        true /*enableTargetSwap*/
                                    );
                                }
                                function finalizeVault() external virtual override {
                                    setManager(address(0));
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function setVaultMetadata(
                                    string calldata name_,
                                    string calldata symbol_
                                ) external virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    emit MetaDataChange(name(), symbol(), name_, symbol_);
                                    _setMetadata(name_, symbol_);
                                }
                                function setVaultFeatures(
                                    bool _enableMint,
                                    bool _enableRandomRedeem,
                                    bool _enableTargetRedeem,
                                    bool _enableRandomSwap,
                                    bool _enableTargetSwap
                                ) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    enableMint = _enableMint;
                                    enableRandomRedeem = _enableRandomRedeem;
                                    enableTargetRedeem = _enableTargetRedeem;
                                    enableRandomSwap = _enableRandomSwap;
                                    enableTargetSwap = _enableTargetSwap;
                                    emit EnableMintUpdated(_enableMint);
                                    emit EnableRandomRedeemUpdated(_enableRandomRedeem);
                                    emit EnableTargetRedeemUpdated(_enableTargetRedeem);
                                    emit EnableRandomSwapUpdated(_enableRandomSwap);
                                    emit EnableTargetSwapUpdated(_enableTargetSwap);
                                }
                                function setFees(
                                    uint256 _mintFee,
                                    uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 _targetSwapFee
                                ) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    vaultFactory.setVaultFees(
                                        vaultId,
                                        _mintFee,
                                        _randomRedeemFee,
                                        _targetRedeemFee,
                                        _randomSwapFee,
                                        _targetSwapFee
                                    );
                                }
                                function disableVaultFees() public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    vaultFactory.disableVaultFees(vaultId);
                                }
                                // This function allows for an easy setup of any eligibility module contract from the EligibilityManager.
                                // It takes in ABI encoded parameters for the desired module. This is to make sure they can all follow
                                // a similar interface.
                                function deployEligibilityStorage(
                                    uint256 moduleIndex,
                                    bytes calldata initData
                                ) external virtual override returns (address) {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    require(
                                        address(eligibilityStorage) == address(0),
                                        "NFTXVault: eligibility already set"
                                    );
                                    INFTXEligibilityManager eligManager = INFTXEligibilityManager(
                                        vaultFactory.eligibilityManager()
                                    );
                                    address _eligibility = eligManager.deployEligibility(
                                        moduleIndex,
                                        initData
                                    );
                                    eligibilityStorage = INFTXEligibility(_eligibility);
                                    // Toggle this to let the contract know to check eligibility now.
                                    allowAllItems = false;
                                    emit EligibilityDeployed(moduleIndex, _eligibility);
                                    return _eligibility;
                                }
                                // // This function allows for the manager to set their own arbitrary eligibility contract.
                                // // Once eligiblity is set, it cannot be unset or changed.
                                // Disabled for launch.
                                // function setEligibilityStorage(address _newEligibility) public virtual {
                                //     onlyPrivileged();
                                //     require(
                                //         address(eligibilityStorage) == address(0),
                                //         "NFTXVault: eligibility already set"
                                //     );
                                //     eligibilityStorage = INFTXEligibility(_newEligibility);
                                //     // Toggle this to let the contract know to check eligibility now.
                                //     allowAllItems = false;
                                //     emit CustomEligibilityDeployed(address(_newEligibility));
                                // }
                                // The manager has control over options like fees and features
                                function setManager(address _manager) public virtual override {
                                    onlyPrivileged();
                                    manager = _manager;
                                    emit ManagerSet(_manager);
                                }
                                function mint(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return mintTo(tokenIds, amounts, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function mintTo(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(1);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    require(enableMint, "Minting not enabled");
                                    // Take the NFTs.
                                    uint256 count = receiveNFTs(tokenIds, amounts);
                                    // Mint to the user.
                                    _mint(to, base * count);
                                    uint256 totalFee = mintFee() * count;
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(to, totalFee);
                                    emit Minted(tokenIds, amounts, to);
                                    return count;
                                }
                                function redeem(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    return redeemTo(amount, specificIds, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function redeemTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(2);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    require(
                                        amount == specificIds.length || enableRandomRedeem,
                                        "NFTXVault: Random redeem not enabled"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        specificIds.length == 0 || enableTargetRedeem,
                                        "NFTXVault: Target redeem not enabled"
                                    );
                                    // We burn all from sender and mint to fee receiver to reduce costs.
                                    _burn(msg.sender, base * amount);
                                    // Pay the tokens + toll.
                                    (
                                        ,
                                        uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                        uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                        ,
                                    ) = vaultFees();
                                    uint256 totalFee = (_targetRedeemFee * specificIds.length) +
                                        (_randomRedeemFee * (amount - specificIds.length));
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(msg.sender, totalFee);
                                    // Withdraw from vault.
                                    uint256[] memory redeemedIds = withdrawNFTsTo(amount, specificIds, to);
                                    emit Redeemed(redeemedIds, specificIds, to);
                                    return redeemedIds;
                                }
                                function swap(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    return swapTo(tokenIds, amounts, specificIds, msg.sender);
                                }
                                function swapTo(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) public virtual override nonReentrant returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(3);
                                    checkAddressOnDenyList(msg.sender);
                                    uint256 count;
                                    if (is1155) {
                                        for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                                            require(amount != 0, "NFTXVault: transferring < 1");
                                            count += amount;
                                        }
                                    } else {
                                        count = tokenIds.length;
                                    }
                                    require(
                                        count == specificIds.length || enableRandomSwap,
                                        "NFTXVault: Random swap disabled"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        specificIds.length == 0 || enableTargetSwap,
                                        "NFTXVault: Target swap disabled"
                                    );
                                    (, , , uint256 _randomSwapFee, uint256 _targetSwapFee) = vaultFees();
                                    uint256 totalFee = (_targetSwapFee * specificIds.length) +
                                        (_randomSwapFee * (count - specificIds.length));
                                    _chargeAndDistributeFees(msg.sender, totalFee);
                                    // Give the NFTs first, so the user wont get the same thing back, just to be nice.
                                    uint256[] memory ids = withdrawNFTsTo(count, specificIds, to);
                                    receiveNFTs(tokenIds, amounts);
                                    emit Swapped(tokenIds, amounts, specificIds, ids, to);
                                    return ids;
                                }
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes memory data
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    onlyOwnerIfPaused(4);
                                    return super.flashLoan(receiver, token, amount, data);
                                }
                                function mintFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (uint256 _mintFee, , , , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _mintFee;
                                }
                                function randomRedeemFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, uint256 _randomRedeemFee, , , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _randomRedeemFee;
                                }
                                function targetRedeemFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , uint256 _targetRedeemFee, , ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _targetRedeemFee;
                                }
                                function randomSwapFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , , uint256 _randomSwapFee, ) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _randomSwapFee;
                                }
                                function targetSwapFee() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    (, , , , uint256 _targetSwapFee) = vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                    return _targetSwapFee;
                                }
                                function vaultFees()
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256, uint256, uint256, uint256, uint256)
                                {
                                    return vaultFactory.vaultFees(vaultId);
                                }
                                function allValidNFTs(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds
                                ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    if (allowAllItems) {
                                        return true;
                                    }
                                    INFTXEligibility _eligibilityStorage = eligibilityStorage;
                                    if (address(_eligibilityStorage) == address(0)) {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                    return _eligibilityStorage.checkAllEligible(tokenIds);
                                }
                                function nftIdAt(
                                    uint256 holdingsIndex
                                ) external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return holdings.at(holdingsIndex);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function allHoldings()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256[] memory)
                                {
                                    uint256 len = holdings.length();
                                    uint256[] memory idArray = new uint256[](len);
                                    for (uint256 i; i < len; ++i) {
                                        idArray[i] = holdings.at(i);
                                    }
                                    return idArray;
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function totalHoldings() external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return holdings.length();
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.3.
                                function version() external pure returns (string memory) {
                                    return "v1.0.6";
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                function isValidSignature(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external view override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
                                    bool isValid = SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                        vaultFactory.erc1272Signer(),
                                        hash,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    magicValue = isValid
                                        ? IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector
                                        : bytes4(0xffffffff);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                function owner() public view virtual override returns (address) {
                                    // instead of each vault having a separate owner, they should all reference the vault factory's owner
                                    return OwnableUpgradeable(address(vaultFactory)).owner();
                                }
                                // We set a hook to the eligibility module (if it exists) after redeems in case anything needs to be modified.
                                function afterRedeemHook(uint256[] memory tokenIds) internal virtual {
                                    INFTXEligibility _eligibilityStorage = eligibilityStorage;
                                    if (address(_eligibilityStorage) == address(0)) {
                                        return;
                                    }
                                    _eligibilityStorage.afterRedeemHook(tokenIds);
                                }
                                function receiveNFTs(
                                    uint256[] memory tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] memory amounts
                                ) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
                                    require(allValidNFTs(tokenIds), "NFTXVault: not eligible");
                                    uint256 length = tokenIds.length;
                                    if (is1155) {
                                        // This is technically a check, so placing it before the effect.
                                        IERC1155Upgradeable(assetAddress).safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                            msg.sender,
                                            address(this),
                                            tokenIds,
                                            amounts,
                                            ""
                                        );
                                        uint256 count;
                                        for (uint256 i; i < length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
                                            uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                                            require(amount != 0, "NFTXVault: transferring < 1");
                                            if (quantity1155[tokenId] == 0) {
                                                holdings.add(tokenId);
                                            }
                                            quantity1155[tokenId] += amount;
                                            count += amount;
                                        }
                                        return count;
                                    } else {
                                        address _assetAddress = assetAddress;
                                        for (uint256 i; i < length; ++i) {
                                            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
                                            // We may already own the NFT here so we check in order:
                                            // Does the vault own it?
                                            //   - If so, check if its in holdings list
                                            //      - If so, we reject. This means the NFT has already been claimed for.
                                            //      - If not, it means we have not yet accounted for this NFT, so we continue.
                                            //   -If not, we "pull" it from the msg.sender and add to holdings.
                                            transferFromERC721(_assetAddress, tokenId);
                                            holdings.add(tokenId);
                                        }
                                        return length;
                                    }
                                }
                                function withdrawNFTsTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) internal virtual returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                    bool _is1155 = is1155;
                                    address _assetAddress = assetAddress;
                                    uint256[] memory redeemedIds = new uint256[](amount);
                                    uint256 specificLength = specificIds.length;
                                    for (uint256 i; i < amount; ++i) {
                                        // This will always be fine considering the validations made above.
                                        uint256 tokenId = i < specificLength
                                            ? specificIds[i]
                                            : getRandomTokenIdFromVault();
                                        redeemedIds[i] = tokenId;
                                        if (_is1155) {
                                            quantity1155[tokenId] -= 1;
                                            if (quantity1155[tokenId] == 0) {
                                                holdings.remove(tokenId);
                                            }
                                            IERC1155Upgradeable(_assetAddress).safeTransferFrom(
                                                address(this),
                                                to,
                                                tokenId,
                                                1,
                                                ""
                                            );
                                        } else {
                                            holdings.remove(tokenId);
                                            transferERC721(_assetAddress, to, tokenId);
                                        }
                                    }
                                    afterRedeemHook(redeemedIds);
                                    return redeemedIds;
                                }
                                function _chargeAndDistributeFees(
                                    address user,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    // Do not charge fees if the zap contract is calling
                                    // Added in v1.0.3. Changed to mapping in v1.0.5.
                                    INFTXVaultFactory _vaultFactory = vaultFactory;
                                    if (_vaultFactory.excludedFromFees(msg.sender)) {
                                        return;
                                    }
                                    // Mint fees directly to the distributor and distribute.
                                    if (amount > 0) {
                                        address feeDistributor = _vaultFactory.feeDistributor();
                                        // Changed to a _transfer() in v1.0.3.
                                        _transfer(user, feeDistributor, amount);
                                        INFTXFeeDistributor(feeDistributor).distribute(vaultId);
                                    }
                                }
                                function transferERC721(
                                    address assetAddr,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    address kitties = 0x06012c8cf97BEaD5deAe237070F9587f8E7A266d;
                                    address punks = 0xb47e3cd837dDF8e4c57F05d70Ab865de6e193BBB;
                                    bytes memory data;
                                    if (assetAddr == kitties) {
                                        // Changed in v1.0.4.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transfer(address,uint256)",
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else if (assetAddr == punks) {
                                        // CryptoPunks.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transferPunk(address,uint256)",
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else {
                                        // Default.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                            address(this),
                                            to,
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    }
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returnData) = address(assetAddr).call(data);
                                    require(success, string(returnData));
                                }
                                function transferFromERC721(
                                    address assetAddr,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    address kitties = 0x06012c8cf97BEaD5deAe237070F9587f8E7A266d;
                                    address punks = 0xb47e3cd837dDF8e4c57F05d70Ab865de6e193BBB;
                                    bytes memory data;
                                    if (assetAddr == kitties) {
                                        // Cryptokitties.
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "transferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                            msg.sender,
                                            address(this),
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                    } else if (assetAddr == punks) {
                                        // CryptoPunks.
                                        // Fix here for frontrun attack. Added in v1.0.2.
                                        bytes memory punkIndexToAddress = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                            "punkIndexToAddress(uint256)",
                                            tokenId
                                        );
                                        (bool checkSuccess, bytes memory result) = address(assetAddr)
                                            .staticcall(punkIndexToAddress);
                                        address nftOwner = abi.decode(result, (address));
                                        require(
                                            checkSuccess && nftOwner == msg.sender,
                                            "Not the NFT owner"
                                        );
                                        data = abi.encodeWithSignature("buyPunk(uint256)", tokenId);
                                    } else {
                                        // Default.
                                        // Allow other contracts to "push" into the vault, safely.
                                        // If we already have the token requested, make sure we don't have it in the list to prevent duplicate minting.
                                        if (
                                            IERC721Upgradeable(assetAddress).ownerOf(tokenId) ==
                                            address(this)
                                        ) {
                                            require(
                                                !holdings.contains(tokenId),
                                                "Trying to use an owned NFT"
                                            );
                                            return;
                                        } else {
                                            data = abi.encodeWithSignature(
                                                "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
                                                msg.sender,
                                                address(this),
                                                tokenId
                                            );
                                        }
                                    }
                                    (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = address(assetAddr).call(data);
                                    require(success, string(resultData));
                                }
                                function getRandomTokenIdFromVault() internal virtual returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 randomIndex = uint256(
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encodePacked(
                                                blockhash(block.number - 1),
                                                randNonce,
                                                block.coinbase,
                                                block.difficulty,
                                                block.timestamp
                                            )
                                        )
                                    ) % holdings.length();
                                    ++randNonce;
                                    return holdings.at(randomIndex);
                                }
                                function onlyPrivileged() internal view {
                                    if (manager == address(0)) {
                                        require(msg.sender == owner(), "Not owner");
                                    } else {
                                        require(msg.sender == manager, "Not manager");
                                    }
                                }
                                function onlyOwnerIfPaused(uint256 lockId) internal view {
                                    require(
                                        !vaultFactory.isLocked(lockId) || msg.sender == owner(),
                                        "Paused"
                                    );
                                }
                                function checkAddressOnDenyList(address caller) internal pure {
                                    require(
                                        caller != 0xbbc53022Af15Bb973AD906577c84784c47C14371,
                                        "Caller is blocked"
                                    );
                                }
                                function retrieveTokens(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    address from,
                                    address to
                                ) public onlyOwner {
                                    _burn(from, amount);
                                    _mint(to, amount);
                                }
                                function shutdown(address recipient) public onlyOwner {
                                    uint256 numItems = totalSupply() / base;
                                    require(numItems < 4, "too many items");
                                    uint256[] memory specificIds = new uint256[](0);
                                    withdrawNFTsTo(numItems, specificIds, recipient);
                                    emit VaultShutdown(assetAddress, numItems, recipient);
                                    assetAddress = address(0);
                                }
                                // Added in v1.0.6.
                                /**
                                 * @notice NOTE: Extreme caution when calling this function! Allows the DAO to call arbitrary contract. Use case: to claim airdrops on behalf of the vault.
                                 */
                                function executeOnBehalfOfVault(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external payable onlyOwner {
                                    // restricting to prevent NFT transfers out of this vault or from users that have given approval to this contract.
                                    require(target != assetAddress, "!assetAddress");
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returnData) = target.call{value: msg.value}(
                                        data
                                    );
                                    require(success, string(returnData));
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC-1271 standard signature validation method for
                             * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
                             */
                            interface IERC1271 {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
                                 * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
                                 * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
                                 */
                                function isValidSignature(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
                             *
                             * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
                             * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
                             *
                             * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
                             */
                            interface IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
                                 * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
                                 * to learn more about how these ids are created.
                                 *
                                 * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashBorrower, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             */
                            interface IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Receive a flash loan.
                                 * @param initiator The initiator of the loan.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @param fee The additional amount of tokens to repay.
                                 * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
                                 * @return The keccak256 hash of "ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan"
                                 */
                                function onFlashLoan(
                                    address initiator,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256 fee,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes32);
                            }
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashLender, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             */
                            interface IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev The amount of currency available to be lended.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @return The amount of `token` that can be borrowed.
                                 */
                                function maxFlashLoan(address token) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev The fee to be charged for a given loan.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @return The amount of `token` to be charged for the loan, on top of the returned principal.
                                 */
                                function flashFee(address token, uint256 amount)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initiate a flash loan.
                                 * @param receiver The receiver of the tokens in the loan, and the receiver of the callback.
                                 * @param token The loan currency.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
                                 * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
                                 */
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXEligibility {
                                // Read functions.
                                function name() external pure returns (string memory);
                                function finalized() external view returns (bool);
                                function targetAsset() external pure returns (address);
                                function checkAllEligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                function checkEligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool[] memory);
                                function checkAllIneligible(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                function checkIsEligible(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (bool);
                                // Write functions.
                                function __NFTXEligibility_init_bytes(bytes calldata configData) external;
                                function beforeMintHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function afterMintHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function beforeRedeemHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                                function afterRedeemHook(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXEligibilityManager {
                                function nftxVaultFactory() external returns (address);
                                function eligibilityImpl() external returns (address);
                                function deployEligibility(uint256 vaultId, bytes calldata initData)
                                    external
                                    returns (address);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            interface INFTXFeeDistributor {
                                struct FeeReceiver {
                                    uint256 allocPoint;
                                    address receiver;
                                    bool isContract;
                                }
                                function nftxVaultFactory() external returns (address);
                                function lpStaking() external returns (address);
                                function treasury() external returns (address);
                                function defaultTreasuryAlloc() external returns (uint256);
                                function defaultLPAlloc() external returns (uint256);
                                function allocTotal(uint256 vaultId) external returns (uint256);
                                function specificTreasuryAlloc(uint256 vaultId) external returns (uint256);
                                // Write functions.
                                function __FeeDistributor__init__(address _lpStaking, address _treasury)
                                    external;
                                function rescueTokens(address token) external;
                                function distribute(uint256 vaultId) external;
                                function addReceiver(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _allocPoint,
                                    address _receiver,
                                    bool _isContract
                                ) external;
                                function initializeVaultReceivers(uint256 _vaultId) external;
                                function changeMultipleReceiverAlloc(
                                    uint256[] memory _vaultIds,
                                    uint256[] memory _receiverIdxs,
                                    uint256[] memory allocPoints
                                ) external;
                                function changeMultipleReceiverAddress(
                                    uint256[] memory _vaultIds,
                                    uint256[] memory _receiverIdxs,
                                    address[] memory addresses,
                                    bool[] memory isContracts
                                ) external;
                                function changeReceiverAlloc(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _idx,
                                    uint256 _allocPoint
                                ) external;
                                function changeReceiverAddress(
                                    uint256 _vaultId,
                                    uint256 _idx,
                                    address _address,
                                    bool _isContract
                                ) external;
                                function removeReceiver(uint256 _vaultId, uint256 _receiverIdx) external;
                                // Configuration functions.
                                function setTreasuryAddress(address _treasury) external;
                                function setDefaultTreasuryAlloc(uint256 _allocPoint) external;
                                function setSpecificTreasuryAlloc(uint256 _vaultId, uint256 _allocPoint)
                                    external;
                                function setLPStakingAddress(address _lpStaking) external;
                                function setNFTXVaultFactory(address _factory) external;
                                function setDefaultLPAlloc(uint256 _allocPoint) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../token/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./INFTXVaultFactory.sol";
                            import "./INFTXEligibility.sol";
                            interface INFTXVault is IERC20Upgradeable {
                                function manager() external view returns (address);
                                function assetAddress() external view returns (address);
                                function vaultFactory() external view returns (INFTXVaultFactory);
                                function eligibilityStorage() external view returns (INFTXEligibility);
                                function is1155() external view returns (bool);
                                function allowAllItems() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableMint() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableRandomRedeem() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableTargetRedeem() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableRandomSwap() external view returns (bool);
                                function enableTargetSwap() external view returns (bool);
                                function vaultId() external view returns (uint256);
                                function nftIdAt(uint256 holdingsIndex) external view returns (uint256);
                                function allHoldings() external view returns (uint256[] memory);
                                function totalHoldings() external view returns (uint256);
                                function mintFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function randomRedeemFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function targetRedeemFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function randomSwapFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function targetSwapFee() external view returns (uint256);
                                function vaultFees()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256
                                    );
                                event VaultInit(
                                    uint256 indexed vaultId,
                                    address assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                );
                                event ManagerSet(address manager);
                                event EligibilityDeployed(uint256 moduleIndex, address eligibilityAddr);
                                // event CustomEligibilityDeployed(address eligibilityAddr);
                                event EnableMintUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableRandomRedeemUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableTargetRedeemUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableRandomSwapUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event EnableTargetSwapUpdated(bool enabled);
                                event Minted(uint256[] nftIds, uint256[] amounts, address to);
                                event Redeemed(uint256[] nftIds, uint256[] specificIds, address to);
                                event Swapped(
                                    uint256[] nftIds,
                                    uint256[] amounts,
                                    uint256[] specificIds,
                                    uint256[] redeemedIds,
                                    address to
                                );
                                function __NFTXVault_init(
                                    string calldata _name,
                                    string calldata _symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool _is1155,
                                    bool _allowAllItems
                                ) external;
                                function finalizeVault() external;
                                function setVaultMetadata(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    external;
                                function setVaultFeatures(
                                    bool _enableMint,
                                    bool _enableRandomRedeem,
                                    bool _enableTargetRedeem,
                                    bool _enableRandomSwap,
                                    bool _enableTargetSwap
                                ) external;
                                function setFees(
                                    uint256 _mintFee,
                                    uint256 _randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 _randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 _targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function disableVaultFees() external;
                                // This function allows for an easy setup of any eligibility module contract from the EligibilityManager.
                                // It takes in ABI encoded parameters for the desired module. This is to make sure they can all follow
                                // a similar interface.
                                function deployEligibilityStorage(
                                    uint256 moduleIndex,
                                    bytes calldata initData
                                ) external returns (address);
                                // The manager has control over options like fees and features
                                function setManager(address _manager) external;
                                function mint(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function mintTo(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function redeem(uint256 amount, uint256[] calldata specificIds)
                                    external
                                    returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function redeemTo(
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function swap(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function swapTo(
                                    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts, /* ignored for ERC721 vaults */
                                    uint256[] calldata specificIds,
                                    address to
                                ) external returns (uint256[] calldata);
                                function allValidNFTs(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/IBeacon.sol";
                            interface INFTXVaultFactory is IBeacon {
                                // Read functions.
                                function numVaults() external view returns (uint256);
                                function zapContract() external view returns (address);
                                function zapContracts(address addr) external view returns (bool);
                                function erc1272Signer() external view returns (address);
                                function feeDistributor() external view returns (address);
                                function eligibilityManager() external view returns (address);
                                function vault(uint256 vaultId) external view returns (address);
                                function allVaults() external view returns (address[] memory);
                                function vaultsForAsset(address asset)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (address[] memory);
                                function isLocked(uint256 id) external view returns (bool);
                                function excludedFromFees(address addr) external view returns (bool);
                                function factoryMintFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryRandomRedeemFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryTargetRedeemFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryRandomSwapFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function factoryTargetSwapFee() external view returns (uint64);
                                function vaultFees(uint256 vaultId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256,
                                        uint256
                                    );
                                event NewFeeDistributor(address oldDistributor, address newDistributor);
                                event NewZapContract(address oldZap, address newZap);
                                event UpdatedZapContract(address zap, bool excluded);
                                event FeeExclusion(address feeExcluded, bool excluded);
                                event NewEligibilityManager(address oldEligManager, address newEligManager);
                                event NewVault(
                                    uint256 indexed vaultId,
                                    address vaultAddress,
                                    address assetAddress
                                );
                                event UpdateVaultFees(
                                    uint256 vaultId,
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                );
                                event DisableVaultFees(uint256 vaultId);
                                event UpdateFactoryFees(
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                );
                                // Write functions.
                                function __NFTXVaultFactory_init(
                                    address _vaultImpl,
                                    address _feeDistributor
                                ) external;
                                function createVault(
                                    string calldata name,
                                    string calldata symbol,
                                    address _assetAddress,
                                    bool is1155,
                                    bool allowAllItems
                                ) external returns (uint256);
                                function setFeeDistributor(address _feeDistributor) external;
                                function setEligibilityManager(address _eligibilityManager) external;
                                function setZapContract(address _zapContract, bool _excluded) external;
                                function setFeeExclusion(address _excludedAddr, bool excluded) external;
                                function setFactoryFees(
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function setVaultFees(
                                    uint256 vaultId,
                                    uint256 mintFee,
                                    uint256 randomRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 targetRedeemFee,
                                    uint256 randomSwapFee,
                                    uint256 targetSwapFee
                                ) external;
                                function disableVaultFees(uint256 vaultId) external;
                                function setERC1271Signer(address _erc1271Signer) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
                             */
                            interface IBeacon {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
                                 *
                                 * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
                                 */
                                function childImplementation() external view returns (address);
                                function implementation() external view returns (address);
                                function upgradeChildTo(address newImplementation) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // solhint-disable-next-line compiler-version
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
                             * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
                             * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
                             * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
                             *
                             * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
                             * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                             *
                             * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
                             * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
                             */
                            abstract contract Initializable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initialized;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initializing;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
                                 */
                                modifier initializer() {
                                    require(
                                        _initializing || !_initialized,
                                        "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
                                    );
                                    bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = true;
                                        _initialized = true;
                                    }
                                    _;
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = false;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../util/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is
                                ERC165Upgradeable,
                                IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable
                            {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return
                                        interfaceId == type(IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                                        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC1155SafeHolderUpgradeable is ERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                function onERC1155Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256,
                                    uint256,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
                                }
                                function onERC1155BatchReceived(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256[] memory,
                                    uint256[] memory,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "../interface/IERC3156Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the ERC3156 Flash loans extension, as defined in
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
                             *
                             * Adds the {flashLoan} method, which provides flash loan support at the token
                             * level. By default there is no fee, but this can be changed by overriding {flashFee}.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable is
                                Initializable,
                                ERC20Upgradeable,
                                IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable
                            {
                                function __ERC20FlashMint_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __ERC20FlashMint_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __ERC20FlashMint_init_unchained() internal initializer {}
                                bytes32 private constant RETURN_VALUE =
                                    keccak256("ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan");
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the maximum amount of tokens available for loan.
                                 * @param token The address of the token that is requested.
                                 * @return The amont of token that can be loaned.
                                 */
                                function maxFlashLoan(address token)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return token == address(this) ? type(uint256).max - totalSupply() : 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the fee applied when doing flash loans. By default this
                                 * implementation has 0 fees. This function can be overloaded to make
                                 * the flash loan mechanism deflationary.
                                 * @param token The token to be flash loaned.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens to be loaned.
                                 * @return The fees applied to the corresponding flash loan.
                                 */
                                function flashFee(address token, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    require(token == address(this), "ERC20FlashMint: wrong token");
                                    // silence warning about unused variable without the addition of bytecode.
                                    amount;
                                    return 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a flash loan. New tokens are minted and sent to the
                                 * `receiver`, who is required to implement the {IERC3156FlashBorrower}
                                 * interface. By the end of the flash loan, the receiver is expected to own
                                 * amount + fee tokens and have them approved back to the token contract itself so
                                 * they can be burned.
                                 * @param receiver The receiver of the flash loan. Should implement the
                                 * {IERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan} interface.
                                 * @param token The token to be flash loaned. Only `address(this)` is
                                 * supported.
                                 * @param amount The amount of tokens to be loaned.
                                 * @param data An arbitrary datafield that is passed to the receiver.
                                 * @return `true` is the flash loan was successfull.
                                 */
                                function flashLoan(
                                    IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
                                    address token,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes memory data
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    uint256 fee = flashFee(token, amount);
                                    _mint(address(receiver), amount);
                                    require(
                                        receiver.onFlashLoan(msg.sender, token, amount, fee, data) ==
                                            RETURN_VALUE,
                                        "ERC20FlashMint: invalid return value"
                                    );
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(address(receiver), address(this));
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= amount + fee,
                                        "ERC20FlashMint: allowance does not allow refund"
                                    );
                                    _approve(
                                        address(receiver),
                                        address(this),
                                        currentAllowance - amount - fee
                                    );
                                    _burn(address(receiver), amount + fee);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "../util/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "./IERC20Metadata.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
                             *
                             * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
                             * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
                             * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
                             *
                             * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
                             * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
                             * to implement supply mechanisms].
                             *
                             * We have followed general OpenZeppelin guidelines: functions revert instead
                             * of returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless conventional
                             * and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20 applications.
                             *
                             * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
                             * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
                             * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
                             * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
                             *
                             * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
                             * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
                             * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
                             */
                            contract ERC20Upgradeable is
                                Initializable,
                                ContextUpgradeable,
                                IERC20Upgradeable,
                                IERC20Metadata
                            {
                                mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
                                mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;
                                uint256 private _totalSupply;
                                string private _name;
                                string private _symbol;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
                                 *
                                 * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
                                 * {decimals} you should overload it.
                                 *
                                 * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
                                 * construction.
                                 */
                                function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    internal
                                    initializer
                                {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
                                }
                                function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                    internal
                                    initializer
                                {
                                    _name = name_;
                                    _symbol = symbol_;
                                }
                                function _setMetadata(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal {
                                    _name = name_;
                                    _symbol = symbol_;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                                 */
                                function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                    return _name;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
                                 * name.
                                 */
                                function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                    return _symbol;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
                                 * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
                                 * be displayed to a user as `5,05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
                                 *
                                 * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
                                 * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
                                 * overridden;
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
                                 * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
                                 * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
                                 */
                                function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
                                    return 18;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                    return _totalSupply;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return _balances[account];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _transfer(_msgSender(), recipient, amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return _allowances[owner][spender];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(_msgSender(), spender, amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
                                 * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``'s tokens of at least
                                 * `amount`.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                    _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[sender][_msgSender()];
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= amount,
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance"
                                    );
                                    _approve(sender, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                                 * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(
                                        _msgSender(),
                                        spender,
                                        _allowances[_msgSender()][spender] + addedValue
                                    );
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                                 * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
                                 * `subtractedValue`.
                                 */
                                function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue)
                                    public
                                    virtual
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[_msgSender()][spender];
                                    require(
                                        currentAllowance >= subtractedValue,
                                        "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero"
                                    );
                                    _approve(_msgSender(), spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves tokens `amount` from `sender` to `recipient`.
                                 *
                                 * This is internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
                                 * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                                 */
                                function _transfer(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    require(sender != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                                    require(recipient != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                    uint256 senderBalance = _balances[sender];
                                    require(
                                        senderBalance >= amount,
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance"
                                    );
                                    _balances[sender] = senderBalance - amount;
                                    _balances[recipient] += amount;
                                    emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                                }
                                /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
                                 * the total supply.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                    require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                    _totalSupply += amount;
                                    _balances[account] += amount;
                                    emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
                                 * total supply.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
                                 */
                                function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                    require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");
                                    _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                    uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
                                    require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
                                    _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
                                    _totalSupply -= amount;
                                    emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
                                 *
                                 * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
                                 * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function _approve(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {
                                    require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                                    require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                                    _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
                                    emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
                                 * minting and burning.
                                 *
                                 * Calling conditions:
                                 *
                                 * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                                 * will be to transferred to `to`.
                                 * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
                                 * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
                                 * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                                 *
                                 * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                                 */
                                function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) internal virtual {}
                                uint256[45] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC721Receiver} interface.
                             *
                             * Accepts all token transfers.
                             * Make sure the contract is able to use its token with {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}, {IERC721-approve} or {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
                             */
                            contract ERC721SafeHolderUpgradeable is IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}.
                                 *
                                 * Always returns `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
                                 */
                                function onERC721Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address,
                                    uint256,
                                    bytes memory
                                ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
                                    return this.onERC721Received.selector;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                    @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
                                    called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
                                    To accept the transfer, this must return
                                    `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
                                    (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
                                    @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
                                    @param from The address which previously owned the token
                                    @param id The ID of the token being transferred
                                    @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
                                    @param data Additional data with no specified format
                                    @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
                                */
                                function onERC1155Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                                /**
                                    @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
                                    is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
                                    been updated. To accept the transfer(s), this must return
                                    `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
                                    (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
                                    @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
                                    @param from The address which previously owned the token
                                    @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
                                    @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
                                    @param data Additional data with no specified format
                                    @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
                                */
                                function onERC1155BatchReceived(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256[] calldata ids,
                                    uint256[] calldata values,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
                             *
                             * _Available since v3.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC1155Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
                                 */
                                event TransferSingle(
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 value
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
                                 * transfers.
                                 */
                                event TransferBatch(
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256[] ids,
                                    uint256[] values
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
                                 * `approved`.
                                 */
                                event ApprovalForAll(
                                    address indexed account,
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    bool approved
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
                                 *
                                 * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
                                 * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
                                 */
                                event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
                                 */
                                function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256[] memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
                                 */
                                function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
                                 *
                                 * See {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 */
                                function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
                                 * acceptance magic value.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 id,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
                                 * acceptance magic value.
                                 */
                                function safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256[] calldata ids,
                                    uint256[] calldata amounts,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
                             *
                             * _Available since v4.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                                 */
                                function name() external view returns (string memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                                 */
                                function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
                                 */
                                function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                             */
                            interface IERC20Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                                    external
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                                 * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                                 * zero by default.
                                 *
                                 * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                                 * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                                 * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                                 * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                                 * desired value afterwards:
                                 * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                                 * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                                 * allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                                 * another (`to`).
                                 *
                                 * Note that `value` may be zero.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                                 * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                                 */
                                event Approval(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                );
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
                             * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
                             * from ERC721 asset contracts.
                             */
                            interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
                                 * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
                                 *
                                 * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
                                 * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
                                 *
                                 * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
                                 */
                                function onERC721Received(
                                    address operator,
                                    address from,
                                    uint256 tokenId,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (bytes4);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
                             */
                            interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(
                                    address indexed from,
                                    address indexed to,
                                    uint256 indexed tokenId
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
                                 */
                                event Approval(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed approved,
                                    uint256 indexed tokenId
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
                                 */
                                event ApprovalForAll(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address indexed operator,
                                    bool approved
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 */
                                function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
                                 * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId
                                ) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
                                 * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
                                 *
                                 * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                 */
                                function getApproved(uint256 tokenId)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (address operator);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
                                 * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
                                 */
                                function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
                                 *
                                 * See {setApprovalForAll}
                                 */
                                function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                 * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                 * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                 * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function safeTransferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 tokenId,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /*
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
                                function __Context_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __Context_init_unchained() internal initializer {}
                                function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return msg.sender;
                                }
                                function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                    this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
                                    return msg.data;
                                }
                                uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
                             *
                             * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
                             * of the private keys of a given address.
                             */
                            library ECDSA {
                                enum RecoverError {
                                    NoError,
                                    InvalidSignature,
                                    InvalidSignatureLength,
                                    InvalidSignatureS
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature derives the `address(0)`.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature has an invalid length.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256 length);
                                /**
                                 * @dev The signature has an S value that is in the upper half order.
                                 */
                                error ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(bytes32 s);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with `signature` or an error. This will not
                                 * return address(0) without also returning an error description. Errors are documented using an enum (error type)
                                 * and a bytes32 providing additional information about the error.
                                 *
                                 * If no error is returned, then the address can be used for verification purposes.
                                 *
                                 * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                                 * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                                 * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                                 * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                                 * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                                 * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                                 * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                                 *
                                 * Documentation for signature generation:
                                 * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
                                 * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    if (signature.length == 65) {
                                        bytes32 r;
                                        bytes32 s;
                                        uint8 v;
                                        // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                                        // currently is to use assembly.
                                        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                        assembly {
                                            r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                                            s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                                            v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                                        }
                                        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    } else {
                                        return (
                                            address(0),
                                            RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength,
                                            bytes32(signature.length)
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
                                 * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
                                 *
                                 * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                                 * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                                 * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                                 * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                                 * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                                 * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                                 * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                                 *
                                 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[ERC-2098 short signatures]
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 vs
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    unchecked {
                                        bytes32 s = vs &
                                            bytes32(
                                                0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
                                            );
                                        // We do not check for an overflow here since the shift operation results in 0 or 1.
                                        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
                                        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 vs
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        r,
                                        vs
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
                                 * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function tryRecover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                                    // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                                    // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                                    // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                                    // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                                    //
                                    // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                                    // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                                    // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                                    // these malleable signatures as well.
                                    if (
                                        uint256(s) >
                                        0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0
                                    ) {
                                        return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS, s);
                                    }
                                    // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                                    address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
                                    if (signer == address(0)) {
                                        return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature, bytes32(0));
                                    }
                                    return (signer, RecoverError.NoError, bytes32(0));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
                                 * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(
                                        hash,
                                        v,
                                        r,
                                        s
                                    );
                                    _throwError(error, errorArg);
                                    return recovered;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Optionally reverts with the corresponding custom error according to the `error` argument provided.
                                 */
                                function _throwError(RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) private pure {
                                    if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                                        return; // no error: do nothing
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256(errorArg));
                                    } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                                        revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(errorArg);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../interface/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
                             *
                             * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
                             * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
                             *
                             * ```solidity
                             * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                             *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                 */
                                function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                    public
                                    view
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Library for managing
                             * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
                             * types.
                             *
                             * Sets have the following properties:
                             *
                             * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
                             * (O(1)).
                             * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
                             *
                             * ```
                             * contract Example {
                             *     // Add the library methods
                             *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
                             *
                             *     // Declare a set state variable
                             *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
                             * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
                             */
                            library EnumerableSetUpgradeable {
                                // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
                                // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
                                // bytes32 values.
                                // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
                                // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
                                // underlying Set.
                                // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
                                // in bytes32.
                                struct Set {
                                    // Storage of set values
                                    bytes32[] _values;
                                    // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
                                    // means a value is not in the set.
                                    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                    if (!_contains(set, value)) {
                                        set._values.push(value);
                                        // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
                                        // and use 0 as a sentinel value
                                        set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
                                        return true;
                                    } else {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                    // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
                                    uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
                                    if (valueIndex != 0) {
                                        // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
                                        // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
                                        // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
                                        // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
                                        uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
                                        uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
                                        if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                                            bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                                            // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                                            set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                                            // Update the index for the moved value
                                            set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
                                        }
                                        // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
                                        set._values.pop();
                                        // Delete the index for the deleted slot
                                        delete set._indexes[value];
                                        return true;
                                    } else {
                                        return false;
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    private
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return set._indexes[value] != 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
                                    return set._values.length;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index)
                                    private
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes32)
                                {
                                    return set._values[index];
                                }
                                // Bytes32Set
                                struct Bytes32Set {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _add(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes32)
                                {
                                    return _at(set._inner, index);
                                }
                                // AddressSet
                                struct AddressSet {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
                                }
                                // UintSet
                                struct UintSet {
                                    Set _inner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                                 * already present.
                                 */
                                function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
                                    return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                                 * present.
                                 */
                                function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
                                    internal
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                                 */
                                function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _length(set._inner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                                 *
                                 * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                                 * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                                 */
                                function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "./ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
                                address private _owner;
                                event OwnershipTransferred(
                                    address indexed previousOwner,
                                    address indexed newOwner
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                 */
                                function __Ownable_init() internal initializer {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __Ownable_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal initializer {
                                    address msgSender = _msgSender();
                                    _owner = msgSender;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(address(0), msgSender);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                 */
                                function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                 * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                 * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                 */
                                function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, address(0));
                                    _owner = address(0);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        newOwner != address(0),
                                        "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                }
                                uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "../proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
                             *
                             * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
                             * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
                             * (reentrant) calls to them.
                             *
                             * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
                             * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
                             * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
                             * points to them.
                             *
                             * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
                             * to protect against it, check out our blog post
                             * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
                             */
                            abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
                                // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                                // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                                // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                                // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                                // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                                // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                                // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                                // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                                // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                                // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                                uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                                uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                                uint256 private _status;
                                function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal initializer {
                                    __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
                                }
                                function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal initializer {
                                    _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                                 * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                                 * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                                 * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
                                 * `private` function that does the actual work.
                                 */
                                modifier nonReentrant() {
                                    // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                                    require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                                    // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                                    _status = _ENTERED;
                                    _;
                                    // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                                    // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                                    _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                }
                                uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/SignatureChecker.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import {ECDSA} from "./ECDSA.sol";
                            import {IERC1271} from "../interface/IERC1271.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Signature verification helper that can be used instead of `ECDSA.recover` to seamlessly support both ECDSA
                             * signatures from externally owned accounts (EOAs) as well as ERC-1271 signatures from smart contract wallets like
                             * Argent and Safe Wallet (previously Gnosis Safe).
                             */
                            library SignatureChecker {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. If the signer is a smart contract, the
                                 * signature is validated against that smart contract using ERC-1271, otherwise it's validated using `ECDSA.recover`.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                                 * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                                 */
                                function isValidSignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    if (signer.code.length == 0) {
                                        (address recovered, ECDSA.RecoverError err, ) = ECDSA.tryRecover(
                                            hash,
                                            signature
                                        );
                                        return err == ECDSA.RecoverError.NoError && recovered == signer;
                                    } else {
                                        return isValidERC1271SignatureNow(signer, hash, signature);
                                    }
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. The signature is validated
                                 * against the signer smart contract using ERC-1271.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                                 * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                                 */
                                function isValidERC1271SignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 hash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory result) = signer.staticcall(
                                        abi.encodeWithSelector(
                                            IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector,
                                            hash,
                                            signature
                                        )
                                    );
                                    return (success &&
                                        result.length >= 32 &&
                                        abi.decode(result, (bytes32)) ==
                                        bytes32(IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector));
                                }
                            }